Behind the Scenes in Naruto World

by Little Merger

In the 56th year of the Konoha calendar, Akatsuki added two more members, one of whom was named Uchiha Itachi and the other named Uehara Naraku. (One Piece World) That year, the Baroque Work recruited new employees, and the president, Warlord Crocodile, held a smoking pipe and looked at some resumes with satisfaction. One of the resumes was a young man smiling very kindly. He ca

10. 289

Behind the Scenes in Naruto World #Chapter 289: Don't Look at Other People's Greatness, Just Look For the Bones of Other People's Father... - Read Behind the Scenes in Naruto World Chapter 289: Don't Look at Other People's Greatness, Just Look For the Bones of Other People's Father... Online - All Page - NOVEL NEXT

Playvolume00:00/00:00

Truvid

fullScreen

Ads by Pubfuture

Chapter 289: Don't Look at Other People's Greatness, Just Look For the Bones of Other People's Father…

The air in the mountain stream was a bit cold.

When Guy and Lee chased, the two of them only saw Shurado(Asura Path) Pain standing alone in the mountain stream.

After Guy and Lee noticed this scene, the two of them did not hesitate and directly jumped down.

As taijutsu user ninja, the two of them did not care if the enemy had any plot or what trap the enemy had set up here.

If there was a conspiracy, then break it!

If there was a trap, then break it!

This was the way Guy and Lee fought!

Guy stretched out his palm and posed a challenge to Shurado(Asura Path). He said solemnly, "Hey, I'm here to fight you and take revenge for Kakashi!"

"Do you want to take revenge for Kakashi?"

Shurado(Asura Path) Pain looked at Guy coldly and said in a low voice, "People are always trapped in the cycle of hatred and revenge… Since you want to take revenge for him, let me see how much strength you have!"

In the next moment, dozens of guns shot out from Shurado(Asura Path)'s body, all aimed at Lee and Guy!

Dadadada!

Countless bullets shot out from the guns!

Bullets completely covered the narrow area in the blink of an eye, but these bullets only hit the rocks!

Guy and Lee quietly appeared behind Shurado(Asura Path). The two of them attacked almost simultaneously, and together, they sent Shurado(Asura Path) flying with a kick!

Guy still maintained the posture of raising his leg, and a hint of confidence flashed across his face, "Ha, don't think that we only know taijutsu. If we fail to pass the Konoha Ninja School graduation test, we will definitely not be able to graduate!"

"That's right!"

Lee also maintained the posture of lifting his leg and said sternly, "Don't underestimate a ninja! Even though we can only use the simplest substitution technique!"

"…"

Shurado(Asura Path) Pain, turned over and got up. He suddenly raised his arm, and the gun barrels on his body were replaced with a series of cruise missiles!

Shurado(Asura Path) looked at them and said in a low voice, "In the face of absolute power, smartness is just cleverness. It can never decide the outcome of the war."

A cruise missile flew out from Shurado(Asura Path)'s body and flew toward Guy and Lee along with different flight paths!

"Asa Kujaku (Morning Peacock)!"

Guy almost instantly swung out his fist!

Countless flames flew out from the friction between his fist and the air. In an instant, countless flames appeared around his body like a peacock spreading its tail.

Asa Kujaku (Morning Peacock) was a little good-looking but also a little dangerous.

Balls of flames instantly flew out from Guy's fist and covered the entire area in the blink of an eye, detonating the missiles that flew over!

Even Shurado(Asura Path) Pain had no choice but to raise a shield to block the balls of flames that fell from the sky.

Shurado(Asura Path) Pain carefully felt the impact of the balls of flames hitting the shield. He lowered his head and said, "All of this guy's powerful techniques are actually pure body techniques?"

Both Hirudora(Daytime Tiger) and Asa Kujaku (Morning Peacock) were indeed astonishing!

Shurado(Asura Path) Pain said in a low voice, "What kind of monster is this Konoha Ninja? It's not much worse than Uehara's taijutsu skills, right?"

The conclusion that Shurado(Asura Path) Pain came up with was not nonsense.

That was because when they first met, Nagato used Tendo (Deva) Pain to say that Uehara's taijutsu skills were quite bad.

Uehara seemed to have been working very hard on training taijutsu skills from then on.

Therefore, when Nagato monitored Amegakure, he occasionally saw Uehara's efforts, and most of the people who worked hard were rewarded.

Uehara's taijutsu skills had indeed become stronger and stronger.

This did not mean that only Nagato looked at Uehara like that.

For example, Deidara and Sasori would also praise Uehara's taijutsu for being very strong. After all, Uehara had used taijutsu skills to beat Sanbi and Gobi, who were all looking for their teeth on the ground.

Even Nagato had personally seen how Uehara fought in the Battle of Fifth Kazekage Rescue Operation.

Uehara's physical strength was quite astonishing. In Nagato's opinion, it really did not waste the efforts of Uehara for so many years. He definitely did not disappoint his and Konan's expectations.

Ads by Pubfuture

Of course, if Nagato had seen the battle between Uehara and Guy with his own eyes, he would probably take back his ideas because Uehara had personally defeated Guy.

Outside Konohagakure, many people were shocked by the outbreak of Asa Kujaku (Morning Peacock).

Uehara and the others who were watching the battle from afar all had looks of amazement on their faces. Even if they had seen Hirudora(Daytime Tiger), they could not help but marvel at the beauty of the Asa Kujaku (Morning Peacock).

"Did you see it?"

Uehara slowly closed his palm and sighed softly, "In this world, as long as you train, work hard, there will definitely be a reward."

"Yes!"

Kabuto nodded with a look of admiration.

As a ninja with the same mediocre talent as Guy, Kabuto agreed with what Uehara said. However, the direction Kabuto chose was different from Guy's.

Kabuto chose to study science hard.

Kabuto chose to cling to Uehara's thigh with great effort.

Obviously, Kabuto's efforts also received generous rewards. His harvest seemed to be not much worse than Guy's efforts in these years. He obtains Kamui Mangekyo Sharingan and also Ryuchi Cave Sage mode…

In less than a few years, Kabuto had transformed himself into a powerful body that even Orochimaru would be envious of.

Just as Obito thought that the two behind-the-scenes manipulators finally had some positive energy in their hearts, Uehara suddenly changed the topic, "Kabuto, can you find Might Duy body?"

Minato, "…"

Obito, "…"

Why was Uehara's topic changed in a strange way? This guy was still talking about hard work in the beginning, but why did he suddenly jump to digging up corpses!

This guy just praised Guy, and now he wanted to dig out Guy's father's body?

It made people a little speechless.

"Might Duy?"

Kabuto pushed up his glasses, glanced at Uehara, and whispered, "I seem to remember this name vaguely. His relationship with Guy…"

"He is Guy's father."

After Uehara explained, he whispered, "In the past, Duy opened Eight Hidden Gates' death gate and kicked four ninjas out of the Seven Ninja Swordsmen of Kirigakure to death in the Third Ninja World War."

"You can't find it."

Minato suddenly interrupted, "You don't have to find it. Duy-san's body can't be found."

After Minato finished speaking, he continued, "After Eight Hidden Gates – the Death Gate – opens, the blood in the body will burn up and eventually exhaust the vitality. The corpse will also turn into cinder, and it will be wiped out after the wind blows."

"What a pity."

Uehara sighed and said softly, "I saw the effect of this technique in the Book of Seal, but I didn't expect it to be even more tragic than what was described in it."

Minato slowly clenched his fists and whispered the words that Duy had often said in the village, "For a true victory, It's not beating someone strong. It's being able to protect something important to you…"

"You are already dead, don't think so much."

Uehara patted Minato's shoulder in a friendly manner. Then, he glanced at Obito and chuckled, "You guys have done even better. Even if you are already dead, you are still protecting your important things."

"…"

Minato and Obito lowered their heads.

The most important thing for the two of them was to protect Kushina, and the other was to protect Rin. It had to be said that the two of them were really worthy of being teacher and student!

Now, to let their loved ones live peacefully in the Pure Land, they could only be manipulated by Uehara with their own conscience.

After a moment of silence, Minato suddenly asked, "Wait, how did you see Konoha Book of Seal?"

"Oh, a few years ago."

Uehara faintly told his story, "At that time, I lied to Orochimaru-san and asked him to help get a Summoning Scroll, but I deliberately let him attract the attention of Konoha, and then I went to steal the Book of Seal from Hokage office."

After saying that, Uehara's face unexpectedly showed some nostalgia, "So long has passed in the blink of an eye. At that time, Orochimaru-san must have wanted to cooperate with me. Now that I think about it, I am really sorry for Orochimaru-san!"

Minato, "…"

Obito, "…"

If they hadn't seen with their own eyes that Uehara had tricked Orochimaru into losing his body, they might have really believed Uehara's words!

Kabuto also looked at Uehara, a little speechless.

'Naraku-sama, since you feel a little sorry for Orochimaru-sama, don't continue to cheat him!'

Ads by Pubfuture

Unfortunately, his boss clearly said that he was sorry for Orochimaru, but he was still secretly plotting against Orochimaru.

Once Uehara cheats someone, in order to remove the future trouble, he would definitely cheat him as long as he was alive, and even after he died, he would revive and continue to cheat…

For Orochimaru to be able to live in Ryuchi Cave with the body of the eight-headed snake, even if it were Kabuto's plea, it was just some of Uehara's conscience that appeared.

Just this bit of conscience was also about to disappear.

"Why are you looking at me like that?"

Uehara raised his eyebrows. After sizing up the few of them, he said softly, "Could it be that Guy didn't fight well enough? Isn't a man's romance was his tough fist?"

"Hmm…"

Kabuto muttered and nodded.

Although Kabuto preferred to wear some strange things with rubber gloves, Uehara was his boss. They had to agree with the values that Uehara proposed.

This was the basic accomplishment of a capable subordinate.

Kabuto felt the chakra in the distant battlefield and changed the topic, "Naraku-sama, the battle seems to have become more intense!"

"It seems a secret weapon will be used."

The corners of Uehara's lips curled up slightly as he said in a low voice, "Looks like Guy and Lee's luck really doesn't seem to be too good!"

Their luck was indeed not too good.

Shurado(Asura Path) Pain's condition had always been at a critical point. He is a character who would resort to any means to drag his enemy down with him. Now, it just so happened that it was at its critical point.

However, Shurado(Asura Path)'s individual strength could not defeat Guy and Lee. If conventional strength could not defeat the two, then Shurado(Asura Path) could only use his final move.

On the battlefield.

The weapons on Shurado(Asura Path) Pain suddenly gathered together at lightning speed. A chain suddenly sprang out from his body. These chains quickly spread in all directions, and the chains attached to the cliff and ground, stabilizing his body!

However, this action made Guy and Lee's eyes slightly surprised, because this was undoubtedly trapping himself in front of the two taijutsu user ninjas.

"Let's go directly!"

Guy could not understand.

However, he believed that as long as he quickly defeated the enemy, it would be impossible for him to win no matter what the enemy wanted to do. This was his way to thwart the enemy's schemes.

Lee's thoughts were the same.

"Konoha Tsumuji Senpū (Leaf Coiling Whirlwind)!"

Two figures kicked Shurado(Asura Path)'s body from two different directions. The huge force instantly kicked Shurado(Asura Path)'s head and body away at the same time, directly decapitating it!

Shurado(Asura Path)'s body rolled and stopped in the mountain stream.

"Lee, a perfect execution!"

Guy gave his disciple a thumbs-up, "Well done, Lee. You have grown up and become stronger!"

Lee nodded his head cautiously.

Just as Guy was about to say something, Shurado(Asura Path)'s bound body suddenly began to crack. Shurado(Asura Path)'s body rapidly changed, and messy parts quickly fell off his body.

Only a huge bomb was left on Shurado(Asura Path)'s body in a few seconds.

The huge bomb looked round and a little cute, with danger signals written on it.

"It looks like a ninja tool!"

Lee touched his chin and turned to look at his Sensei, "Guy-sensei, Tenten likes ninja tools very much. Shall we bring this back for her to study?"

It's no wonder Lee thought like this.

After all, the bomb was oval in shape and looked very cute in front of him. The workmanship was very exquisite, and he couldn't even find any edges or corners.

After thinking for a while, Guy nodded and then shook his head again, "Leave it here for now! When the battle is over, let Tenten come over!"

After saying that, Guy patted Lee on the shoulder and said softly, "Let's go and support our other companions first! They might be facing a fierce battle!"

"Yes, Guy-sensei!"

Lee hurriedly nodded.

Just as Guy and Lee turned to leave, Shurado(Asura Path)'s mechanical voice suddenly came from inside the bomb.

"Goodbye, Konoha taijutsu user ninja."

The next moment, a dazzling light burst out!

Become a Patron to read chapters ahead of public release and support me ??

Ads by Pubfuture

Report chapter Comments

Chapter 290: Might Guy, a Man Who Used His Life to Stop a Nuclear Explosion

A bright light blooms.

It was the sign that the bomb was about to explode.

Uehara looked at the light blooming over there and said softly, "I should really let Deidara come over to take a look. His art is nothing more than clay…"

"Is it Shurado(Asura Path) Pain's self-destruction ability?"

Kabuto pushed up his glasses and said in a low voice, "Just by feeling, the chakra there is indeed very terrifying. Once it explodes…"

"It is enough to destroy everything here easily!"

Uehara said Kabuto's speculation. He shook his head and continued, "Guess how many people will survive this explosion?"

"…"

Kabuto shook his head and did not answer.

Near the area where Shurado(Asura Path) self-destructed.

Guy and Lee, who had just left Shurado(Asura Path), sensed something was wrong. They suddenly realized where the light came from. The round ninja tool just now was very dangerous!

Guy pulled Lee over with one hand and blocked his student behind him. His expression suddenly changed, "Lee, step back!"

"Guy-sensei?"

"It's very dangerous!"

The sweat on Guy's forehead evaporated. He suddenly closed his fist and instantly compressed the air in front of him. He suddenly launched a super large air pressure at the place where the light was blooming!

"Hirudora(Daytime Tiger)!"

The air pressure in Guy's hand turned into a white tiger and rushed forward. However, Hirudora(Daytime Tiger) was completely useless. Instead, he was smashed by an even greater force!

The bomb completely exploded!

The earth began to shake violently in an instant!

An extremely strong shock wave began to explode from the center and quickly spread outwards. In the blink of an eye, this mountain stream was directly destroyed by the shock wave brought by the explosion!

"This power…"

Guy clenched his fist again. Looking at the shockwave that spread in all directions, he clenched his teeth and said, "This power is enough to destroy the entire forest, and it might even affect Konoha… No!"

The shockwave of this explosion might sweep up the Ninjas in the entire forest. Thousands of Ninjas would be killed, and Konoha would suffer heavy losses. Guy and Lee would not be able to escape!

"Guy-sensei!"

A hint of anxiety flashed across Lee's face.

However, the shock wave of the bomb explosion was about to reach them. Even if Lee kicked out a wave of energy, it could not stop the huge shock wave!

"Leave it to me!"

In just a few seconds, Guy immediately thought of the consequences. In an instant, he thought of a solution, "Lee, step back. Leave this to me!"

"But…"

"The eighth gate…"

Guy looked at the shock wave that was about to sweep over. The blood in his body gradually began to evaporate. The blood-red steam quickly replaced the blue steam. It was the appearance of Eight Hidden Gates burning his own blood after opening the Death Gate!

"Death Gate – Open!"

A decisive aura suddenly erupted from Guy's body. His body stepped on the ground and shattered it. He turned around and punched at the explosion!

"Sekizō (Evening Elephant)!"

The first punch immediately fired out a white air cannon, blocking the shock wave for a second!

In the next moment, Guy's body exerted strength again, running around the shock wave that exploded and continuously blasting out his fist!

Guy's speed was even faster than the shock wave!

It had only been less than ten seconds since the explosion started, and Guy had used the air cannon to lock the blast wave in place!

After each air cannon dissipated, he would add another one!

If the speed were not enough, he would continue to increase his speed!

Even Uehara did not expect that Guy would actually have such an operation. How could someone stop Shurado(Asura Path) from exploding?

The earth trembled violently.

A mushroom cloud slowly rose up.

However, the explosion's shock wave could not spread out no matter what because the huge explosion that was strong enough to destroy everything around it and even Konoha, was blocked by a man covered in blood!

"He can actually do this?"

Uehara felt the earth under his feet shaking, and his face showed a touch of surprise, "That guy actually used the extreme speed of the Eight Gates to blast out an air cannon, stopping Shurado(Asura Path)'s self-destruction?"

This world was too ridiculous!

The power of that explosion was so great, but Guy only continuously bombarded his fist, binding all the shockwaves that tried to spread out!

The air cannon fired out by fists seemed to form a cage-like railing, trapping the mushroom cloud created by Shurado(Asura Path)'s self-explosion!

"It's really terrifying…"

Kabuto's gaze was slightly solemn. His palm caressed the violently trembling earth and said in a low voice, "Naraku-sama, the power of this explosion is enough to kill hundreds of thousands of people. It can even easily destroy any Ninja Village, right?"

However, this explosion was blocked by Guy!

Was this really something a ninja could do?

No matter how he thought about it, it was absolutely impossible!

Uehara stared at the blood-colored man who kept firing air cannons at the mushroom cloud. A smile suddenly appeared on his face, "Have you finally reached the limit of Eight Hidden Gates? That's amazing, Guy!"

"Naraku-sama?"

A hint of doubt appeared on Kabuto's face.

Uehara smiled and patted Kabuto on the shoulder. He said softly, "I just thought of some happy things. Maybe I found a way to deal with Madara!"

In Konohagakure.

The entire village was having an earthquake. There were collapsed electric poles and houses everywhere. All the glass was shattered, but everyone was still alive.

Tsunade looked at the violently shaking ground and shouted, "Go and find out what happened!"

"Yes, Hokage-sama!"

However, no one in Konoha knew what was going on.

The person who saw all of this up close and knew what was going on was called Lee. This young ninja, who was only seventeen to eighteen years old, knelt on the ground powerlessly and cried bitterly as he looked at the figure that was still running with blood all over his body. "Guy-sensei…"

"Don't despair for me, Lee!"

Guy's figure suddenly stepped on the air and appeared above the mushroom cloud. His voice was even a little hoarse as he shouted, "Look carefully, Lee. In order to protect his most important thing is the youthful appearance of a ninja."

Guy suddenly kicked out from the air. His blood-red steam instantly flowed in the direction of the kicked airflow, diving towards the ground!

This is the ultimate move of the Eight Hidden Gates Technique!

It was also the result of Guy's twenty years of hard work since he was a child!

"Yagai (Night Guy)!"

The red steam slowly converged into a huge dragon head. Under Guy's lead, it roared and rushed towards the mushroom cloud, instantly breaking it!

No matter how huge the shock wave was, it was directly kicked into the ground by Guy's ultimate move!

A bottomless pit instantly appeared on the ground.

This bloody man completely dissolved the explosion that could destroy the entire Konoha and easily kill thousands of ninjas.

Perhaps only Uehara knew how amazing Guy was.

This guy used his own speed and strength to stop a great explosion that was not inferior to the power of a nuclear explosion, even though the price was his life.

Just as Guy removed the threat of the bomb explosion in dozens of seconds, a world-shaking loud sound fell into everyone's ears!

Rumble!

This sound was like a terrifying thunderclap!

It was just that when this voice made everyone's eardrums hurt, they did not know that someone had already solved the crisis that would kill them this time.

Clap Clap Clap Clap…

Uehara slowly applauded and sighed softly, "Although I know that Guy is very powerful, I still can't help but want to praise him for what he has done!"

"Hmm…"

Kabuto slowly nodded his head and suddenly said, "Naraku-sama, Guy's life seems to have been exhausted…"

"He will definitely die."

Uehara slowly closed his palm and said softly, "In case he also turns into ashes, you go steal a part of his body and do an Impure World Reincarnation first!"

If Guy's body turned into ashes, it would be a big loss!

Even if Kakashi died, it did not matter. But Guy must be kept no matter how he lived!

"Yes."

Kabuto pushed up his glasses and suddenly chuckled, "Even if he can't use his destructive power, he is still a very powerful force for us."

"Yes."

A light flashed in Uehara's eyes, and he said in a low voice, "Guy is not only useful. If he is by my side, I can steal his technique at any time and use the Night Guy he just used without any consumption…"

Yes.

Guy had to be there.

If this were the case, Uehara would be able to grasp another trump card to deal with Madara. If he could kick out Night Guy, even a Six Path level Madara would not be able to ignore his threat.

At this moment.

Guy's Eight Hidden Gates time had finally ended.

The current Guy was almost as if his entire body was charred. He no longer had any strength, and even his body was lifeless. Lee sobbed as he knelt beside him.

One by one, Konoha Ninjas emerged from the forest.

They were all in charge of protecting Guy and Lee.

Just now, these Konoha Ninjas had also sensed the threat of that explosion. They had also personally seen how Guy resolved this crisis. Neji and Tenten walked out. They were also members of these two forces.

The two of them walked to Lee's side step by step in disbelief. They slowly removed their Ninja foreheads protector and knelt in front of Guy, "Guy-sensei…"

"Guy-sensei…"

There was a dull look in Lee's eyes. Tears were still unconsciously flowing down his cheeks. He murmured, "He has been sacrificed."

In order to protect him.

And also to protect the ninja forces behind them.

And also to protect the Konoha behind them.

Guy solved a big crisis by himself, but this price was too painful for their Team 3!

"Lee."

Neji suppressed the tears that he wanted to burst out. He looked at Lee, who was in a trance, and whispered, "The enemy has not been dealt with. We have more important things to do!"

"…"

Lee nodded silently.

In the next moment, Lee punched the ground and stared at the charred body. His voice was firm and powerful, "Guy-sensei, I won't let you down!"

Lee slowly turned his head, and his eyes revealed a sense of determination, "Neji, tell me… where is Pain's real body?"

Pain's real body was still in the tree hole.

Nagato sat in the tree hole, his face slightly ugly and even a little unbelievable, "What kind of joke is this? Has someone resolved Shurado(Asura Path)'s self-explosion…"

This was the result of his hard work for so many years, and it was actually solved by Guy, who had opened Eight Hidden Gates!

However…

That guy was really too strong!

Was that watermelon head really a taijutsu user ninja?

"Nagato?"

There was a slight doubt in Konan's eyes.

Nagato shook his head and sighed in a low voice, "Konan, I underestimated that taijutsu user ninja. His technique is stronger than Uehara's. He is a monster!"

Even Nagato couldn't think of a suitable solution to Shurado(Asura Path)'s self-destruction. Even Planetary Devastation couldn't do it!

However, the watermelon head ninja used his own taijutsu to deal with Shurado(Asura Path)'s bomb explosion!

Really…

It was a monster!

Nagato could not help but feel slightly glad in his heart. If Shurado(Asura Path) had not self-destructed to force that Konoha Ninja to sacrifice himself, he might have been killed by that guy himself!

Fortunately, that guy died together with Shurado(Asura Path) Pain!

"Konan, I will control Tendo(Deva Path) Pain to deal with Jiraiya-sensei and Naruto."

Nagato looked at Konan and whispered, "As for the battle between Kazekage and Mizukage, I will leave it to you and Chikushōdō(Animal Path)."

"Okay."

Konan nodded calmly.

"Then let's begin!"

Nagato suddenly closed his fingers, and his Rinnegan flashed, "Jiraiya-sensei, Naruto, then let me see your strength!"

Become a Patron to read chapters ahead of public release and support me ??

Report chapter Comments

Chapter 291: The Son of Destiny That Can Only Be Find When You Die

"Guy sacrificed himself."

Jiraiya's voice was somewhat heavy. He sensed the sudden eruption of Guy's chakra, and then it completely disappeared within the range of his perception.

"How could it be…"

Naruto raised his head and looked at Jiraiya in disbelief. After a moment, he slowly let out a long breath and lowered his head. He said, "I got it."

In the next moment, Naruto's toad pupil appeared again in his eyes, and the imposing aura of Sage chakra once again burst out from his body.

Naruto bent his finger and whispered, "The natural energy of the fourth shadow clone has been absorbed, and the fifth shadow clone begins to absorb natural energy."

Jiraiya put away his sadness and said in a deep voice, "Let's take advantage of this time to get rid of the strongest Pain first! According to our previous contact, the interval time of the repulsion attack is about five seconds…"

"Yes."

Naruto nodded slowly.

Coincidentally.

Tendo(Deva Path) Pain was also waiting for them.

This battle that was destined to be even more tragic broke out.

Outside Konohagakure.

In the spectating area.

Kabuto had already secretly obtained a portion of Guy's body and revived him. The speed was so fast that it made people speechless.

Guy, who had just arrived at the Pure Land and had yet to react. He immediately returned to the Ninja World and was directly placed in a coffin by Kabuto.

After Uehara secretly used Hijack to steal Guy's ultimate move, his expression could not help but change, "I can only steal Hirudora(Daytime Tiger)? Is it because his current strength is not enough? Or is it because of the limitations of Impure World Reincarnation's body?"

No matter what, this was not good news!

Uehara looked at the coffin with a complicated gaze. Was it because the Eight Hidden Gates – Death Gate needed to burn flesh and blood, then it was impossible for Guy to open the eight doors because of the impure world reincarnated body?

Was it because of his Hijack's skill or Guy's problem?

Kabuto carefully put away Guy's coffin and rushed to Uehara's side. He saw that Uehara's expression was different.

"What's wrong, Naraku-sama?"

"…"

Uehara shook his head and whispered, "Kabuto, think of a way to resurrect Guy! I want to see a living Guy."

It would be useless if it were just Hirudora(Daytime Tiger).

Only by stealing Yagai(Night Guy) could he display enough strength.

"…"

Kabuto looked at Uehara speechlessly.

To be honest, Kabuto felt that Uehara was making things difficult for him at this moment.

Unfortunately, as a loyal subordinate, Kabuto had to think of a way to solve any problems that the higher-ups had raised.

"Okay."

Kabuto pushed up his glasses and revealed a bitter smile, "I… will think of a way."

This…

He really had to think of a way.

On the battlefield.

Jiraiya and Naruto caught up with Tendo(Deva Path) Pain.

"Have you finally arrived?"

Tendo(Deva Path) Pain watched their figures and slowly spread out their palms, "Then let me see if you have the right to appear in front of me!"

"I will get rid of you."

A Rasengan appeared in Naruto's palm. He stared coldly at Tendo(Deva Path) Pain and repeated word by word, "I will definitely get rid of you… Absolutely! Absolutely!"

"Nagato."

A Rasengan also appeared in Jiraiya's hand. He also looked at Tendo(Deva Path) Pain and said in a low voice, "I won't let you make another mistake… I will… correct your mistake!"

The next moment, Jiraiya rushed forward first!

A battle between teacher and student began!

This was a battle between a true orthodox ninja and the most unexpected ninja vs. top-notch bloodline Rinnegan. Even Uehara didn't dare to determine the outcome!

It had to be said.

After Jiraiya and Naruto obtained the information about Shinra Tensei(Almighty Push),

With the two of them working together, they actually managed to suppress Tendo(Deva Path) Pain!

The mutual transfer of ninjutsu made Tendo(Deva Path) Pain to be in a somewhat sorry state!

Apart from occasionally using the gaps between Shinra Tensei(Almighty Push)'s to get a counterattack, other times Tendo(Deva Path) Pain can only allow two ninjas in Sage mode to attack!

The reason was that both Naruto and Jiraiya were good at launching attacks from afar!

"Senpō, Hari Jigoku(Sage Art: Needle Hell)!"

Countless strands of white hair shot out from Jiraiya's hair, densely covering all the positions around Tendo(Deva Path) Pain.

However, when Tendo(Deva Path) Pain was about to use Shinra Tensei(Almighty Push), Naruto in the distance had already prepared Rasenshuriken, who was ready to release at Tendo(Deva Path) Pain during the cooldown time!

This pair of teacher and student really had a tacit understanding.

After a moment of silence, Tendo(Deva Path) Pain finally realized that he was in trouble. In the next moment, he suddenly stretched out his palms towards Jiraiya, "Banshō Ten'in(Universal Pull)!"

A gravitational force suddenly activated!

Tendo(Deva Path) Pain instantly interrupted Jiraiya's technique!

Unfortunately, this was all it could do.

Tendo(Deva Path) Pain frowned slightly. He threw out a black stick and was about to pierce through Jiraiya's body, but it was pushed away by Jiraiya with his Frog Kata!

Before he could ensure that he could get rid of the two of them, Tendo(Deva Path) Pain could not easily use Shinra Tensei(Almighty Push) unless he used a large-scale technique…

Inside the tree hole.

Nagato was still remotely controlling Tendo(Deva Path) Pain. He looked at Hinata beside him and frowned slightly.

To be honest, the battle situation was a little bad.

Nagato faintly felt that under the attacks of Jiraiya and Naruto, the odds of winning were not too high.

The next moment, Nagato waved his hand and knocked Hinata out.

Before this increasingly youthful and beautiful female ninja could react, she fainted with her eyes rolling.

Hinata never expected that this powerful enemy in front of her would actually sneak attack and knock her out!

After seeing Hinata faint, Nagato slowly closed his palm and whispered, "Doton, Moguragakure no Jutsu (Earth Release: Hiding Like a Mole Technique)!"

Nagato's figure instantly dove into the ground.

This technique allowed him to hide near the battlefield quietly.

On the battlefield.

Jiraiya used the frog combination to force Tendo(Deva Path) Pain back.

Perhaps it was because Jiraiya thought that he and Naruto had the advantage, so he said in a low voice, "Nagato, there are already enough people who died in this war. Don't be stubborn! Is it really what you want now…"

"Jiraiya-sensei."

Tendo(Deva Path) Pain interrupted Jiraiya.

The next moment, Tendo(Deva Path) Pain gradually floated up. He continued in a low voice, "There is no need to talk too much nonsense between us. I will not give you another chance. I will not waste my time here."

Uehara had already caught Hachibi Jinchuriki.

Now, everyone in Akatsuki's organization was waiting for him to bring back Kyuubi Jinchuriki.

Tendo(Deva Path) looked down at Jiraiya and continued coldly, "Now that Uehara has broken through Kumogakure and captured Hachibi Jinchuriki, as long as I catch Naruto, the ideal world without war will soon appear."

"…"

Jiraiya frowned.

This news was undoubtedly a disaster for them. If this were the case, then Konoha would definitely not allow Naruto to have any problems!

Otherwise, once Nagato gathered nine Bijuu…

The whole world would be shrouded in terror, no matter whether the person who rules with this terror was Nagato or Obito.

"Jiraiya-sensei."

Tendo(Deva Path) Pain's voice fell from the sky. His palm slowly spread out towards the ground, and he said coldly, "If you can't understand my thoughts, then please feel the pain of war from now on!"

Tendo(Deva Path) Pain's face gradually fell into a shadow under the sunlight. Only the Rinnegan could be seen on his face, and his voice became louder and louder, "When you truly feel pain, you will realize how correct my actions are!"

"Your chakra…"

Jiraiya looked up and saw that the chakra in Tendo(Deva Path)'s body was getting bigger and bigger, and his face gradually changed, "He wants to prepare a more powerful repulsive force…"

"Senpo, Rasenshuriken(Sage Art: Rasenshuriken)!"

Naruto finally raised his hand and threw out his own Rasenshuriken, forcing Tendo(Deva Path) Pain to use Shinra Tensei(Almighty Push) in advance!

"As expected of Jiraiya-sensei's student…"

Tendo(Deva Path) hurriedly stretched out his palm, using the chakra he had just gathered to release a huge repulsive force, "Although the power of this technique is far from my expectations, it is more than enough to deal with you… Shinra Tensei(Almighty Push)!"

A majestic repulsive force descended from the sky!

Jiraiya quickly closed his palm and shouted in a low voice, "Kuchiyose!"

The pink toad stomach wall quickly attached to his and Naruto's surroundings. The soft toad stomach wall wrapped around their bodies and resisted the repulsive force!

Although the soft toad stomach wall was far inferior to the giant Slug Sage's body, it also greatly reduced the damage they suffered.

After Shinra Tensei(Almighty Push)'s repulsion force ended, Jiraiya quickly dispelled his summon, not daring to waste any time, "The stronger power of a technique is; the longer Nagato needs to recover, this an opportunity!"

In the next moment, Jiraiya's feet tightly grasped the ground, not caring about the damage to his body at all. He jumped up with the fog jumping force.

Caught off guard, Tendo(Deva Path) Pain was slammed down from the sky by Jiraiya!

"Senpō, Chōōdama Rasengan(Sage Art: Ultra-Big Ball Rasengan)!"

A Rasengan was then pressed down on Tendo(Deva Path) Pain!

Jiraiya and Naruto's movements were like flowing water. Just like the technique he and Naruto had secretly discussed, they first thought of a way to force the enemy to use a powerful repulsive force attack to increase the recovery time of his technique.

In this case, they would have enough time to launch an attack.

Jiraiya and Naruto watched as Tendo(Deva Path) Pain slowly fell down after being hit. The two of them finally breathed a sigh of relief.

Jiraiya slowly pulled out a black stick from Tendo(Deva Path) Pain's body and said in a low voice, "This kid, Yahiko, will never become like this no matter what! Nagato, you defiled the body of your friend!"

Jiraiya grabbed the black stick and inserted it into his body. He endured the pain and said in a low voice, "Next is the last body… Let me sense it. This distance…"

Jiraiya's expression changed greatly!

Just as Naruto was confused, Jiraiya suddenly pushed his student to the side!

Black sticks suddenly flew from the ground!

Seven to eight black sticks were inserted in the back of Jiraiya. The sudden sneak attack from the ground made no one react at all!

"Jiraiya-sensei…"

A red-haired figure slowly emerged from the ground. He watched Jiraiya's tall body fall to the ground and whispered, "You once said that no matter what, you must not let your guard down!"

It was Nagato who was controlling Six Paths of Pain from behind.

No one had expected that Nagato would actually hide under the ground of this battlefield!

Jiraiya clenched his teeth and controlled his neck. He slowly turned his head to look at Nagato, then at the stunned Naruto.

In this life, he would accept the Son of Fate that Toad Sage had predicted as his own student and teach this student to grow up.

Nagato.

Minato.

Naruto.

Or someone else?

Who was the Son of Fate?

Jiraiya had been thinking about this question in his heart. Because he felt that he could live for a long time, he suspected that he might meet a new student.

Until now, he was on the verge of death.

Only after he died and there would be no other student in the future could he be sure who was the Son of Fate!

Jiraiya suddenly understood all of this. In his entire life, he had thought of who was the son of fate. Minato had already died, and Nagato had already taken the wrong path.

Then, only Naruto was left.

A smile of relief actually appeared on Jiraiya's face. He used his last strength to raise his head and look at Naruto. He said, "There is no doubt it is you, Naruto, then I will leave your senior brother to you."

Become a Patron to read chapters ahead of public release and support me ??

Report chapter Comments

Chapter 292: Kyuubi: Your Eyes Are Disgusting

(TL note: Son of Fate/Destiny change to Child of the Prophecy.)

In the distant spectating area.

Kabuto pushed up his glasses and glanced at the expressionless Uehara, "Naraku-sama, Jiraiya-sama also died in battle!"

"…"

Minato's face was a little gloomy.

This time, Konoha's losses are too much! Kakashi died in the beginning, and Guy died right after. Now it's Jiraiya's turn…

Kabuto looked at Uehara and continued in a soft voice, "Do we need to reincarnate Jiraiya-sama too?"

"No need."

Uehara shook his head, his voice a little complicated, "Someone will return his life to him. This is the Ninja World. If he dies, he can still be revived."

After saying this, Uehara looked at Minato again and said, "However, this depends on whether the son of Fourth Hokage-sama, can do what others expected… If Naruto's strength is not enough, then you can ask for more blessings!"

"…"

Everyone present fell silent.

On the battlefield.

Naruto's mind was still blank. He could not believe that Jiraiya had died in front of his eyes just like that, "Ero sennin… Ero sennin?"

Naruto subconsciously staggered a few steps, knelt down on one knee beside Jiraiya, and reached out to push his body, "Ero sennin?"

No matter how much Naruto called out, Jiraiya was unable to respond to him.

A relieved smile hung on the corner of Jiraiya's mouth. After entrusting everything to Naruto, he completely lost his breath.

Naruto still could not believe everything in front of him.

"Little Jiraiya…"

Shima had a face full of grief.

"Naruto!"

Fukasaku stared at Nagato beside them.

He hurriedly reminded, "Naruto, old woman, the enemy is still here. Now is not the time to mourn for little Jiraiya!"

"…"

Nagato did not make a move. He only lowered his head to look at the stunned Naruto and Jiraiya's corpses. His face was full of complex emotions.

At this moment, no one knew what Nagato was thinking.

In the next moment, Nagato's face became cold again.

Nagato suddenly stretched out a foot and kicked Naruto away. He condensed a black stick, nailed Naruto's shoulder, and nailed this junior brother of his to the ground!

"Jiraiya-sensei is dead."

Nagato looked at Naruto whose face gradually became angry and said coldly, "Naruto, come with me now!"

"Bastard!"

Fukasaku suddenly stretched out their tongues and tried to tie Nagato up, but Nagato easily nailed it to the ground with a black stick!

Shima opened her mouths and was about to spit out a flame, "Fire Releas…"

"Shinra Tensei(Almighty Push)."

Nagato casually stretched out his palm and directly defeated Shima!

As the Gedō(Outer Path), Nagato could use all the abilities of the Rinnegan, and even the power was a level higher!

Nagato had just stepped onto the stage and directly used all sorts of methods to deal with everyone present. His actions could be said to be clean and efficient.

Just as Nagato walked towards Naruto and was about to pick him up and take him away, a loud shout from the distance interrupted his movements.

"Let go of Naruto!"

Groups of ninjas appeared in the surroundings.

Due to Jiraiya's previous instructions, in order to avoid greater losses, these troops responsible for support behind them did not appear on this battlefield.

However, when the sensory troops noticed that Jiraiya had died in battle, these support troops finally could not hold back and swarm towards this battlefield. Thousands of ninjas densely surrounded this battlefield!

Nagato frowned slightly. He looked up at a group of Konoha Ninjas charging over and shouted in a low voice, "Shurado(Asura Path)!"

The next moment, two mechanical arms suddenly appeared behind Nagato. The two arms turned into a rocket launcher, and countless densely packed rockets quickly flew out, covering the battlefield in an instant!

Countless ninjas were blown away!

Nagato faced the group of ninjas who rushed to the front, slowly stretched out his palm, and whispered, "Shinra Tensei(Almighty Push)!"

A majestic repulsive force erupted!

All the ninjas that rushed in front of him were pushed back by Nagato!

A trace of fear flashed across the faces of the group of Konoha Ninjas. They had never thought that the enemy would be so powerful. Facing the attack of thousands of people, they were nothing!

"In front of God, no matter how many mortals there are, they are still mortals."

Nagato looked at the enemies who were gasping for breath in fear and slowly closed his palm, "Since you are Konoha Ninjas, I'll let you feel the power you want to see the most!"

Nagato's voice became a little low. His palm suddenly closed, and vines began to grow rapidly under his feet, "Mokuton Hijutsu: Jukai Kōtan (Wood Release Secret Technique: Nativity of a World of Trees)!"

Countless vines and wooden thorns began to spread out!

The vines and wooden thorns spread out and quickly pierced through the Konoha Ninjas who wanted to cross the vines, forcing them to finally leave the battlefield!

The Konoha Ninjas only had more fear for Nagato on their faces.

However, Uehara, who was watching from afar, almost went crazy!

"Are you kidding?"

Uehara smashed his fist on the ground and looked at the vines and thorns that gradually became taller in the distance. His expression was extremely complicated, "When did Nagato-sama awaken the Wood Release? Why did he hide this from me?"

Damn, where was the trust between people!

Why did Nagato hide the fact that he had awakened the Wood Release? Could it be that Nagato suspected him?

Why did Nagato suspect him?

Uehara suddenly clenched his fists and said sternly, "Kabuto, help me record this down. I will settle this with him later!"

"…"

Kabuto looked at Uehara speechlessly. Before he said these words, couldn't Naraku-sama think about how many things he had hidden from them?

To be honest, it was a coincidence that Nagato had awakened the Wood Release.

Just as they organized their full efforts to prepare for Hachibi and Kyuubi; in order to ensure that their plan would go smoothly, Nagato secretly performed Hashirama cell transplant without Uehara's permission.

Because of the existence of the Rinnegan, he felt that he could transplant more cells to obtain more life energy, chakra, and recovery ability.

It was just that Uehara had never agreed…

Although Nagato did not know why Uehara firmly disagreed with him transplanting more cells to obtain more power, Nagato no longer cared.

As long as they caught Hachibi and Kyuubi, the plan would succeed even if there was any trouble after transplanting the cells.

Moreover, Nagato himself felt pretty good.

Especially since he had awakened the Wood Release Bloodline Limit.

And now it proved that Nagato did not do anything wrong, Wood Release Ninjutsu was indeed very useful, and the effect of the technique continued in forcing the enemy not to approach.

Just as Nagato was using all his firepower to kill, a sharp claw suddenly flew out and suddenly tore the summoned arm on his back!

That claw… was Kyuubi's claw!

Nagato suddenly turned his head and only saw a blood-red Kyuubi. However, six tails were wagging behind his back!

He wonders when…

Naruto actually released the Kyuubi in his body!

Perhaps because of Jiraiya's death, Naruto was completely enraged. He finally stopped hiding his ruthlessness and let Kyuubi in his body directly open the cage!

But now that he had released Kyuubi, perhaps it would not be so easy to lock him up later, right?

Kyuubi flew to the ground!

Kyuubi's scarlet mouth suddenly opened, and one Bijudama after another quickly attacked the surrounding vines and destroyed many of them!

"Kyuubi?"

Nagato frowned slightly and suddenly stretched out his palm towards the Kyuubi. A surging repulsive force gushed out, "Shinra Tensei(Almighty Push)!"

In an instant, the originally violent Kyuubi was directly overturned by the enormous repulsive force!

Nagato threw out a black stick with a wave of his hand and nailed Kyuubi's tail. However, just as he finished nailing the sixth tail, a seventh blood red chakra tail grew out from Kyuubi's back!

"Still growing stronger?"

Nagato could not help but frown. Another black stick nailed the seventh tail to the ground. However, just as he was waiting for Kyuubi's eighth tail to come out.

The violent Kyuubi suddenly spat out a Bijudama at him!

What made Nagato's face even more unsightly was that the black sticks that were nailed to Kyuubi's body were slowly broken away by it at this moment!

"This chakra…"

Nagato's eyes subconsciously tightened, and he was somewhat unable to believe that Kyuubi, who only had eight tails, was about to break free of his Black Stick!

Nagato stared fixedly at the huge Bijuu who was lying on the ground in an attacking posture, and his face revealed a trace of surprise, "In terms of Chakra alone, even in his current state, he has already far surpassed the other Bijuu!"

Just how did this Bijuu come about?

This Ninja World was really too unfair!

Even Bijuu's strength was so far apart?

Nagato had participated in capturing Ichibi and managed to capture Rokubi by himself, but he had never seen such a huge amount of chakra like the Kyuubi. In terms of chakra alone, he had far surpassed any Bijuu from Ichibi to Nanabi.

At this moment, Nagato actually thought of a very magical question in his mind, "If I want to absorb Kyuubi's chakra into Gedo Mazo, it will probably take several times more time to absorb other Bijuu, right?"

In the next moment, Nagato no longer thought about this problem.

The chakra in Kyuubi's body suddenly expanded, and nine bright red tails wantonly fluttered behind him. A huge fox stood in front of Nagato!

The Kyuubi's complete body completely appeared in the world!

Even the Konoha Ninjas looked at Kyuubi's huge body with fear and uneasiness, and they involuntarily retreated. They remembered the fierce night of Kyuubi Rampage!

That night…

Konoha suffered heavy losses, and it was never able to recover after that.

Kyuubi did not look at the Konoha Ninjas, because there was someone who was more attractive to him.

Kyuubi slowly lowered his head, and his scarlet eyes revealed a hint of cruelty. He stared into Nagato's eyes, slightly opening his mouth, revealing his sharp teeth!

"Although your eyes look very familiar…"

Kyuubi's eyes narrowed slightly, and his voice was even a little gentle. In the next second, his voice suddenly became brutal, "Hmph, but it only looks alike and the aura inside makes me feel disgusted!"

Become a Patron to read chapters ahead of public release and support me ??

Report chapter Comments

Chapter 293: Kuchiyose, Gedō Mazō (Summoning: Demonic Statue of the Outer Path)!

"Kyuubi!"

Nagato slowly raised his finger.

When he heard Kyuubi say that his Rinnegan was disgusting, Nagato frowned and said, "The Rinnegan is the legendary eyes of the Sage of Six Paths of Path… Did Kyuubi get punished by the Sage of the Six Paths?"

Of course, Nagato did not expect this.

Back then, the person who created the nine Bijuu in the Ninja World was the Sage of the Six Paths.

To Kyuubi, the Sage of the Six Paths was an existence akin to a father. The moment he appeared, he suddenly saw a person who possessed the Sage of the Six Paths Eye. He was even slightly surprised.

However, after carefully sensing the aura of those eyes, Kyuubi felt that something was wrong. The aura of those eyes actually made it a little crazy!

"Hmph, it's clearly the same eyes as the old man…"

Kyuubi grinned and looked at Nagato's Rinnegan. His eyes gradually became fierce, "But those eyes give me an ominous feeling!"

In the next moment, Kyuubi suddenly opened his mouth and condensed a huge Bijudama. In any case, he did not care who this Bijudama exploded to death!

"So fast!"

Nagato's expression suddenly changed. As he watched Bijudama fly over, a trace of seriousness flashed through his eyes, "What kind of joke is this? How can the speed of Kyuubi condensing Bijudama be so fast!"

This was not scientific at all!

Moreover, he was not a ninja at all!

Nagato had also seen Rokubi condense Bijudama, but Rokubi's speed could not be compared to Kyuubi at all. Why was the speed of Kyuubi condensing Bijudama so fast?

Nagato could only quickly stretch out his palm in the air. He shouted coldly, "Shinra Tensei(Almighty Push)!"

A huge repulsive force instantly erupted!

In the next moment, this repulsive force stopped the Bijudama from advancing!

Nagato's brows furrowed closer and closer. He only stared at the Bijudama that was slowly pushed to the side of a hill after releasing the repulsive force and whispered, "Even if I use Gakidō(Preta Path) to absorb this Bijudama, it will take a long time…"

Kyuubi's strength was stronger than he had imagined!

Especially when Kyuubi directly sprayed out Bijudama at the beginning, as if he didn't care about his chakra at all. Didn't it know that this should be a technique used by Bijuu when he was in the most dangerous situation?

Now it was very troublesome.

Nagato finally realized the trouble he was going to face.

Only by using Planetary Devastation would there be a possibility of defeating Kyuubi. Other abilities seemed to be insufficient against it!

However, Kyuubi did not give Nagato time to think. After watching Shinra Tensei(Almighty Push) push his Bijudama away, it opened its huge mouth and suddenly rushed toward Nagato. A battle between the owner of the Rinnegan and the strongest Bijuu in history began!

In the distant spectating area.

"Has Kyuubi come out?"

Uehara looked at the massive monster in the distance. He rubbed his wrist and said with a smile, "Tsk, I really want to try fighting the Kyuubi… The strongest Bijuu in the Ninja World must have a good feeling when fighting, right?"

This sentence was really a bit arrogant.

Nagato was still fighting with Kyuubi in the distance!

As the strongest Bijuu in the Ninja World, Kyuubi was not the same level as the other Bijuu. After Kyuubi broke through the seal, the entire Konoha was helpless!

Especially now, the person who created the Kyuubi Rampage in the past was here, Uchiha Obito.

There was also a victim of the Kyuubi Rampage here, Namikaze Minato.

These two people knew very well about Kyuubi's power.

However, the two of them did not object to what Uehara said because they knew that this guy in front of them really had the strength to challenge Kyuubi.

Kabuto pushed up his glasses and chuckled, "Compared to Naraku-sama's strength, Kyuubi is indeed not much. Only the Jubi that Uehara-sama mentioned can be Naraku-sama's opponent!"

"Don't."

Uehara shook his head. He then waved his hand and said, "Your bragging too much. I might not be able to beat the Jubi right now."

Uehara felt that he was a little lacking.

Although Uehara had countless life-saving skills and the Jubi could not do anything to him, it was unrealistic for Uehara to kill the Jubi.

The corners of Kabuto's mouth curved up slightly, and he praised softly, "Your strength is clearly at the peak of the Ninja World, but Naraku-sama is still so humble!"

"…"

A string of question marks flashed through Minato and Obito's minds. How did Kabuto see that Uehara was humble?

"Alright."

Uehara turned to look at Kabuto and said softly, "Although Kyuubi is powerful now, it is unlikely that he can defeat Nagato-sama. In a while, you can go and help!"

Kabuto frowned slightly; he looked up at Uehara and said, "Naraku-sama, does this mean that I have to betray Akatsuki? Why are we doing this?"

"Yes."

Uehara nodded and suddenly said, "This is not only betraying Akatsuki but also for our Eye of the Moon Plan."

After saying that, Uehara smiled and patted Kabuto on the shoulder. He said softly, "From now on, everything you do is for Orochimaru-san. It is to let Orochimaru-san obtain Nagato-sama's Rinnegan!"

Uehara suddenly shook his head and corrected his own statement, "No, it should be said that you have always been doing this for Orochimaru-san. You endured the humiliation just because you wanted to seize the Rinnegan for Orochimaru-san. That is why you joined Akatsuki. That is also why you joined the Eye of the Moon Plan. That is also why you attacked Nagato!"

Kabuto, "…"

Uehara's script did not sound very friendly to Orochimaru!

Uehara wanted to reshape him into a loyal and devoted person to Orochimaru again.

Moreover, Uehara had even personally plotted against Orochimaru… It was obvious that Orochimaru's fate would be very miserable, right?

If they followed Uehara's script, Orochimaru would probably find that enemies surrounded him after he revived… Whether it was Konoha, Akatsuki, or even Black Zetsu who was hiding by the side.

The corners of Uehara's mouth curled up, and he continued with a smile, "I really want to see what expression Black Zetsu will show when he finds out that you also betrayed the Eye of the Moon Plan… Kabuto, he has always placed the hope of Madara's resurrection on you!"

Uehara sighed faintly and said, "I hope that Black Zetsu will realize a thing! Only I have always been persistent towards the Eye of the Moon Plan…"

"…"

Kabuto nodded speechlessly.

To be honest, Kabuto felt that Orochimaru and Black Zetsu would be played to death or driven crazy by Uehara sooner or later. The date was also getting closer and closer.

No.

It should be said that it was the entire Ninja World.

If the Ninja World knew what Uehara had done in the future, they would probably go crazy!

"There's no need to be in such a hurry to go on stage."

Uehara slowly closed his palm and said softly, "We have to prepare in advance. We can't let others or even Orochimaru find out. We absolutely can't let Orochimaru find out that you betrayed Akatsuki and joined him again behind the scenes."

"Orochimaru-sama is very suspicious…"

There was still some hesitation in Kabuto's heart.

"It doesn't matter."

Uehara spread out his palm and slowly clenched it, "Just do your best. In any case, Orochimaru won't be able to escape from my grasp."

Kabuto, "…"

"Prepare yourself!"

A grave expression appeared on Uehara's face. He stared at the battlefield between Nagato and Kyuubi in the distance and said in a low voice, "Their battle has just begun!"

On the battlefield.

Nagato felt as if he was powerless against Kyuubi.

Nagato was unable to unleash the full power of the Rinnegan. His ability was indeed capable of crushing an ordinary ninja, but against Kyuubi, other than Planetary Devastation, the power of other techniques was not enough.

Ningendō(Human Path).

Gakidō(Preta Path).

Jigokudō(Hell Path).

Chikushōdō(Animal Path).

When facing Kyuubi, these abilities basically had no effect, even if he wanted to use Gakidō(Preta Path) to absorb Bijudama's chakra; it was very difficult, not to mention restraining Kyuubi to extract its chakra.

The one standing in front of him now was not some half-tailed beast Jinchuriki, but the strongest Bijuu in the world, the Kyuubi!

Taking advantage of the interval between the fierce battle, Nagato finally bought himself some time. A small black hole slowly appeared in his palm. That black hole was like a star floating towards the sky.

Nagato's palm suddenly closed, watching Kyuubi, who was rushing towards him in a raging manner not far away, he whispered, "Planetary Devastation!"

In the next moment, Kyuubi's body was sucked up by the black hole!

The countless pieces of gravel and earth on the ground were also attracted by Planetary Devastation's gravitational pull and flew into the sky, slowly wrapping around Kyuubi's body. These pieces of gravel firmly trapped Kyuubi in the huge stone ball created by the Planetary Devastation!

The ninjas who were watching all this could not help but reveal a touch of surprise!

Even Kabuto was somewhat shocked and uncertain as he looked at the stone ball created by Nagato with Planetary Devastation. He even looked at Uehara with some doubts.

Was Nagato so strong?

He actually sealed Kyuubi so easily!

Since Nagato was so strong, then wouldn't it be a bit like sending himself to his death if he made a move later?

However, the shock of these people didn't last for long.

Not long after, Kyuubi charged out of Planetary Devastation's restraints in a fierce manner. He raised his head and crushed Planetary Devastation with a Bijudama!

"This is the strongest Bijuu."

Uehara looked at Kyuubi and softly said, "Even if the current Kyuubi only has half of its peak chakra."

Because back then in Kyuubi Rampage, Minato used the Dead Demon Consuming Seal to split Kyuubi's chakra into two, sealing half of Kyuubi in his stomach, and the other half was in the current Kyuubi Jincuriki Naruto!

Uehara slowly tilted his head and said in a low voice, "In the face of such a powerful Bijuu. Nagato-sama, do you have any other methods?"

On the battlefield.

A gloomy expression slowly appeared on Nagato's face. The Kyuubi, who was now completely out of his cage, was really big trouble for him. Especially after fighting for so long, this Kyuubi seemed to have not consumed his chakra at all…

This Bijuu still looked so lively.

"Then let's try this move again…"

Nagato slowly closed his palm and calmly began to form his own hand seals. He did not even look at Kyuubi, who was crazily rushing towards him!

After Nagato finished forming his hand seals, he raised his head and looked at Kyuubi, who was charging over. He suddenly slammed his palm on the ground, and his voice became a bit bitingly cold, "Kuchiyose, Gedō Mazō (Summoning: Demonic Statue of the Outer Path)!"

Become a Patron to read chapters ahead of public release and support me ??

Report chapter Comments

Chapter 294: When the Tree Leaves Dance, One Shall Find Flames Until the Whole Village Is Burned to Ashes

Chapter 294: When the Tree Leaves Dance, One Shall Find Flames Until the Whole Village Is Burned to Ashes

Bang.

A cloud of smoke rose up from the battlefield.

Just as the Konoha Ninjas who were watching the battle thought that Nagato was about to be torn to pieces by Kyuubi and was about to think of a way to seal Kyuubi, but they saw a tall figure appear.

Gedo Mazo!

This ugly and huge monster body appeared in front of Nagato. Not only did it block Kyuubi's attack, it directly sent Kyuubi flying with a palm!

At this moment, everyone involuntarily looked at Gedo Mazo, who suddenly appeared!

It had to be said that in front of Gedo Mazo, Kyuubi's body was really a bit small.

However, Kyuubi did not care that he was sent flying by a single blow. Instead, he raised his head and stared at Gedo Mazo, who suddenly appeared in front of him, as well as the seven eyes on Gedo Mazo's head and the familiar chakra in its body!

Inside Gedo Mazo…

There was already seven Bijuu's chakra inside!

The gaze of Kyuubi slowly changed. It stared at Nagato's Rinnegan and finally realized what Nagato wanted to do!

"You really have a lot of guts…"

Kyuubi's gaze gradually returned to normal.

At this moment, it completely understood what Nagato wanted to do. This guy wanted to gather all of Bijuu's chakra and revive Gedo Mazo in front of it!

At that time, the Gedo Mazo in front of his eyes would transform into Jubi!

Nagato floated above Gedo Mazo's head and looked down at him. He slowly spread out his palm and softly said, "What God wants to do is naturally different from ordinary people."

At this moment, after Gedo Mazo descended, Nagato's confidence returned. Because in Nagato's knowledge, Gedo Mazo absolutely would not be defeated!

When Gedo Mazo was just an empty shell, it relied on extracting the vitality and chakra in his body, but it still displayed an unimaginable power.

Now, Gedo Mazo had seven Bijuu chakras in his body. It simply didn't need to use Nagato's chakra. Even with just its huge body and powerful strength, it could suppress Kyuubi!

The only troublesome thing was…

Every time Nagato used Gedo Mazo and Rinnegan's abilities, he was actually consuming his own life energy.

After hearing Nagato's words, Kyuubi seemed to have heard something funny. He bared his teeth and said, "Hmph, idiot, do you really think that you can be on par with him just because you obtained Sage of the Six Paths eyes?"

Kyuubi's eyes became dangerous again. He stared at Nagato in the sky above Gedo Mazo, and the corners of his eyes slightly tightened, "It's really interesting… Human beings are really becoming more and more ignorant!"

In the next moment, Kyuubi pounced towards Nagato!

However, Gedo Mazo held its head tightly, and the huge Gedo Mazo and the fierce Kyuubi started a fight!

Although Gedo Mazo was huge, the movements of its hands were slightly stiff. Although Kyuubi was smaller, its body was abnormally flexible. With a few leaps, he broke free from Gedo Mazo's restraint and opened his mouth to condense a piece of Bijudama!

"Shinra Tensei(Almighty Push)!"

Nagato stood on the top of Gedo Mazo's head and released Shinra Tensei(Almighty Push) at the Bijudama. The majestic repulsive force pushed it into the distance and detonated.

Rumble!

The explosion instantly destroyed the large forest!

This fierce battle was something that no one else could interfere with. Bijudama and Shinra Tensei(Almighty Push) could erupt at any time. No one knew when a Bijudama would suddenly fall. The Konoha Ninjas, who were in charge of scouting the battle, watched the battle with their lives on the line.

Groups of Konoha's Ninjas began to retreat under the command of their captain. After they retreated to the periphery, they set up a few more layers of encirclement to prevent the enemy from escaping after the battle ended.

It felt a bit like deceiving themselves.

Unfortunately, the source of this order was the Fifth Hokage, Tsunade.

In Konohagakure.

Inside Hokage's office.

Tsunade listened to all the battle reports from the battlefield, including the death of Kakashi, the sacrifice of Guy, and the death of Jiraiya.

Tsunade frowned and gave a few orders. She let the others leave Hokage's office and return to their posts.

Now, there was no one else in Hokage's office.

Tsunade stood in front of her desk and calmly looked at the office door that the last ninja had left. Her body was limp on the ground, and her back was tightly leaning on the desk.

Just now, in front of other people. The Fifth Hokage, who gave the order with a strong attitude, slowly stretched out her palm and covered her eyes.

Tears began to flow down her face bit by bit.

After receiving the news that Jiraiya had died in battle, Tsunade finally couldn't take it anymore.

Her body trembled slightly. Even if she was crying, she didn't dare make a sound. She just slowly opened her mouth and tried to breathe heavily. This woman wanted to vent her grief from her chest like she was breathing air!

Tsunade's palm tightly grasped her chest, suppressing the tightness and pain in her chest. After many years, she once again experienced what was called bone-piercing grief.

From today on, she was the only one left in Konoha Sannin.

"Jiraiya…"

After a long time.

Tsunade took a few deep breaths and quickly wiped the tears from her eyes with her palm. She slowly stood up and walked out of the door of Hokage's office.

Tsunade looked at the Anbu guarding the village and whispered, "Call Shikaku immediately, let him guard the village and guard against Obito's sneak attack!"

"Yes, Hokage-sama!"

The Anbu Ninja flew away.

Just as Tsunade was about to leave, Koharu and Homura suddenly appeared and blocked her way, "Tsunade, where are you going?"

"I want to take over Jiraiya's battle!"

Tsunade looked at the two old people and said in a deep voice, "Now that the village has reached the most dangerous moment, there is no need for me to stay here and wait for an Obito who might not appear!"

This was the distribution of their original manpower.

Tsunade would stay in the village to avoid Obito or other people's sneak attacks. Jiraiya would lead the most powerful ninjas to fight against Six Paths of Pain and Nagato.

The current battle had reached the most dangerous stage.

Six Paths of Pain had been completely wiped out, and the corresponding price was that Kakashi, Guy, and Jiraiya died in battle one after another. At the same time, Fifth Mizukage Terumi and Fifth Kazekage Gaara were on the other battlefield fighting Konan.

Kyuubi, who had been released, and Nagato, who had summoned Gedo Mazo, were still fighting fiercely on the most important battlefield. Now their battle had reached its climax.

Except for the experts of Kage Leve, the other Ninjas did not even have the qualifications to intervene.

Koharu slowly retreated a path. She looked at Tsunade's back as she walked down Hokage's Building and could not help but say, "Tsunade, you must come back alive."

"Noisy."

Tsunade frowned and waved her hand.

After a while, Tsunade suddenly stopped. She turned her back to Koharu and Homura and whispered, "If there is an accident, I nominate Shikaku to be Konoha Sixth Hokage."

"Tsunade!"

Homura's face suddenly changed.

Koharu looked at Tsunade's back and nodded.

Just as Tsunade left Konoha and rushed to the frontline battlefield, Uehara also watched all of this. He just casually stretched.

"Well, Obito-san."

Uehara looked at Obito next to him and whispered, "It seems that Konoha has sent all the Ninjas to deal with Nagato-sama! Then when these Konoha ninjas fight fiercely in the front, you can burn Konoha into a white ground behind!"

"What?"

Obito and Minato looked at Uehara in disbelief.

What was this guy thinking? He just said that he would help Konoha fight against Nagato at the most difficult time, but now he wants to destroy Konoha!

"Don't look at me like that."

Uehara held his palm, and his voice gradually became gloomy, "Now, go and carry out the order I gave you!"

After saying this, Uehara stared at Obito and said, "You should know where we are! Konoha monument is not far from here!"

"Yes, I understand."

Obito's palm touched his mask.

Whenever he showed a trace of hesitation, this bastard would take out Rin's name to threaten him. Was this kind of thing interesting?

"Very good."

Uehara nodded at Obito with satisfaction and said in a deep voice, "Then go and burn this Konohagakure that is filled with the so-called will of fire!"

"… Yes."

Obito's figure turned into a spatial vortex and disappeared.

Just as Obito left, Minato frowned and asked, "I don't understand what you want to do…"

"I just want to destroy Konoha!"

Uehara casually explained and whispered, "And now, all of Konoha's Kage-level experts are going to deal with Nagato-sama. I don't have to worry about losing Konoha's combat power when I destroy Konoha…"

"I can't understand…"

Minato frowned.

It was really hard for Minato to understand.

On the one hand, Uehara hoped that all the Kage-level experts in Konoha would fight against Nagato and even defeat him. On the other hand, after all the Kage-level experts left Konoha, he sent people to destroy the entire Konoha!

What was this guy trying to do?

Kabuto pushed up his glasses and coldly said, "All of Naraku-sama's orders have never been to protect Konoha. How could Fourth Hokage have this kind of illusion? Naraku-sama only needs to use Konoha to make Nagato withdraw!"

"…"

Uehara nodded his head.

Initially, his plan included the destruction of Konoha. Because this time was a rare opportunity to destroy Konoha, and destroying Konoha can bring him the last chakra change.

Uehara slowly raised his finger and controlled Obito to appear on Hokage's rock. His face gradually became a little serious, and his eyes became more and more serious.

"Tell them the result of the will of fire!"

Uehara's eyes narrowed slightly, and he said in a low voice, "Go, tell them that when the tree leaves dance, one shall find flames. The fire's shadow will illuminate the village until the whole village is burned to ashes."

Become a Patron to read chapters ahead of public release and support me :winking_face:

If you find any errors ( broken links, non-standard content, etc.. ), Please let us know report chapter so we can fix it as soon as possible.

Report chapter Comments

Chapter 295: Isn't It Natural for Jinchuriki to Use Bijuu's Chakra?

Chapter 295: Isn't It Natural for Jinchuriki to Use Bijuu's Chakra?

Konoha was unprecedentedly empty.

A large number of Konoha Ninjas were sent outside the village, responsible for surrounding Nagato and Kyuubi, because no matter who won or lost, Konoha did not want to let them go.

If Nagato won, these Konoha Ninjas would desperately protect Kyuubi; if Kyuubi won, these Konoha Ninjas would also desperately suppress him.

The battle had just begun, and yet the battle was extremely intense.

It was impossible to determine who would win and who would lose.

In order to control the situation of the war and solve the crisis that Konoha was facing, the last strongest person in Konoha, Fifth Hokage Tsunade, rushed to the battlefield.

In addition to Tsunade, no one in Konoha could intervene between Kyuubi and Gedo Mazo. Even Tsunade could only think of a way to make herself a straw that could overwhelm the situation.

After Tsunade left.

The entire Konoha no longer had any person of value that could participate on the battlefield.

Obito stood on Hokage's rock and slowly closed his fingers. The Kamui's Sharingan in his eyes emitted a burst of violent wind!

"Katon, Bakufū Ranbu (Fire Release: Blast Wave Wild Dance)!"

Under the support of the wind, the flames rapidly expanded!

This ball of flames circled and landed on Hokage Building on the ground. In the blink of an eye, it had completely ignited this Hokage Building.

Koharu and Homura were still in Hokage Building, and these two consultants only had time to rescue some urgent information before they flew out. The ninjas responsible for guarding the village could not help but swarm after seeing the flames!

"Consultant-sama!"

A Konoha Ninja frowned. He looked up and saw Obito on Hokage's rock. He could not help but whisper, "Are we going to inform Hokage-sama? Obito is really here…"

"No."

Koharu shook her head and said in a deep voice, "Send someone to tell Tsunade that we will protect Konoha. Let her fight with peace of mind!"

"Yes…"

This ninja could only listen to orders.

"Obito!"

Homura raised his head and looked at Obito. He shouted, "What are you doing here? Aren't you here to kill Nagato outside?"

"Yes."

Obito flew down and stood on the ruins of the Hokage building that was burned by the fire. He ignored the flames under his feet and looked down at Konoha's Ninjas on the ground, "But I have another purpose here, and that is to practice Konoha's will of fire!"

"What do you mean?"

"What you mean is…"

A red light flashed in Obito's eyes. His voice was mixed with a trace of a terrifying evil laugh, "Burn this village into ashes! Hahaha…"

As soon as he finished speaking, his figure disappeared from the ruins.

Just as Konoha's Ninjas were still puzzled, Obito appeared in another location. He opened his mouth and spat out flames at a tall building!

"Quickly stop him!"

Homura commanded the ninjas around him to put out the fire.

However, Shikaku, who had rushed over, could not help but frown. He whispered, "Let the village civilians evacuate in the safe zone first. Do not let them be affected…"

Because the ninjas in the village are almost only the ninjas responsible for maintaining the evacuation of the masses, they can't find a few ninjas who can slightly threaten Obito.

In just a few minutes, the entire Konoha was completely lit up by Obito, who appeared and disappeared mysteriously.

Shikaku was at his wit's end, so he could only try his best to avoid losses and save some precious documents and equipment.

Fortunately, Obito did not kill anyone.

That crazy guy seemed to be just venting his anger…

"I didn't expect Konoha to thank the enemy for their kindness one day?"

Shikaku looked at Konoha, engulfed in a sea of fire, and Obito, who had just left the village.

A bitter smile appeared on his face, "Fortunately, the civilians and students in the village have retreated in advance…"

This was probably the correct thing they had done before the war began.

Compared to the losses suffered by Konoha, what was more precious were the villagers and the students who had not yet grown up.

The spectating area.

Uehara tilted his head, looked at the system task he had completed, and rubbed his forehead. His mood was a little subtle.

He originally thought that he would have to go out.

He didn't expect that the person under his control could also be considered to have completed the mission.

[Side Mission: Successfully destroy Konohagakure(1/1).]

[Mission completed.]

[Reward: Passive innate skill – Fire Power.]

[Fire Power (Passive): Able to freely control Fire attribute Chakra and use Fire Released Ninjutsu at will. This is one of the components of Truth-Seeking Ball. ]

[Scorch Release(Passive): Able to freely control Scorch Attribute Chakra formed by Fire and Wind Power, and use Scorch Release Ninjutsu at will. ]

[Boil Release(Passive): Able to freely control Boil Attribute Chakra formed by Fire and Water Power, and use Boil Release Ninjutsu at will.]

[Lava Release(Passive): Able to freely control Lava Attribute Chakra formed by Fire and Earth Power, and use Lava Release Ninjutsu at will. ]

[Explosion Release(Passive): A branch of Dust Release bloodline limit. Able to freely control Explosion Attribute Chakra formed by Earth and Lightning Power, and use Explosion Release Ninjutsu at will.]

[Dust Release(Passive): Able to freely control Dust Attribute Chakra formed by Earth, Wind, and Fire Power, and use Dust Release Ninjutsu at will.]

Can it still be played like this?

But it seemed that this was quite normal.

If he remembered correctly, Deidara's explosion technique was actually about to touch the threshold of Dust Release. One of his techniques seemed to be able to turn people into ashes, but it could not split into atoms.

"What's wrong, Naraku-sama?"

Kabuto instantly noticed that Uehara's expression was different.

Uehara shook his head and sighed, "I was just thinking of something unhappy. Konoha Ninjas were fighting to the death before us, but we were collecting benefits for ourselves and even destroyed their village. I feel bad…"

Kabuto, "…"

Minato, "…"

Damn, how could this person have the nerve to say this!

Wasn't it you who insisted on sending Obito to destroy Konoha?

Why were you showing this kind of face now?

On the other side.

When Tsunade rushed to the battlefield of Kyuubi and Gedo Mazo, she also got the news that Obito had attacked Konoha. Still, she was very clear that the most important thing now was the battlefield outside the village.

As long as the people in the village didn't suffer too much damage, it didn't matter.

Even so, Tsunade still issued a Hokage order to transfer two groups of hundreds of Ninjas back to Konoha to protect the civilians.

In addition, Tsunade even took the time to ask about the situation in other places, "How is the situation of Kazekage-dono and Mizukage-dono? With the strength of the two of them, have they not taken down Konan?"

"Well…"

The Anbu lowered his head and whispered, "That blue-haired woman is very good at using explosive tags to fight. Her explosive tag seems to be endless. Now, Kazekage-sama and Mizukage-sama can only stall her as much as possible…"

To be honest.

The Anbu thought that the battlefield on the other side might be even more outrageous.

Not only did this Anbu think so, but even Gaara and Terumi were somewhat helpless against Konan's outrageous Ninjutsu.

Only Konan, Gaara, and Terumi were left on the battlefield because they had already killed Chikushōdō(Animal Path).

The only troublesome person was Konan.

"This woman…"

Terumi gritted her teeth and looked at Konan, flying in the sky. She took a deep breath and said, "Is she that nasty kid Uehara's Sensei?"

"According to the information Konoha gave us, it seems to be right."

Gaara's face was still very serious. Clusters of yellow sand floated in the air. These yellow sand suddenly formed a Desert Hand and suddenly grabbed towards Konan!

However, Konan only expressionlessly stretched out her hand and mixed an explosive tag into the paper plane. She controlled the paper plane and the explosive tag to enter Desert Hand's range!

After watching this scene, Konan slowly closed her fingers and shouted in a low voice, "Gojō Kibaku Fuda (Mutually Multiplying Explosive Tags)!"

In the next moment, a series of explosions rang out!

The dozens of explosive tags directly blew up Desert Hand in an instant.

Konan's fighting style was so simple and crude. No matter what ninjutsu Terumi and Gaara used, she would directly use the explosive tags to solve it.

To tell the truth.

Terumi and Gaara were both a little speechless.

"I'm very curious."

Seeing that his attack had been neutralized once again, Gaara frowned at Konan and said, "As Uehara's former enemy, I know very well how powerful he is. You are his Sensei, so you shouldn't only have these methods, right?"

"…"

Konan was silent for a while. She raised her hand and touched the hair on her temples, but her face was still cold and ruthless.

Konan slowly looked at Gaara and Terumi and said coldly, "These methods will be enough to deal with you."

Now, the reason why Konan had not used a huge amount of explosive tags to drown them was that she had to save her chakra. She would be the last line of defense to protect Nagato.

Just as this side was still entangled.

Tsunade had already arrived at the battlefield. She looked at Kyuubi and Gedo Mazo, who was fighting fiercely, and said in a deep voice, "The most important battlefield is still Kyuubi's side. Send someone to gather a Sealing Team to follow me!"

"Yes, Hokage-sama."

The Anbu nodded and hurried to summon the Sealing Team.

Team after team of Sealing Ninjas rushed to Tsunade's side. They were waiting for the time to mobilize, but that time did not come.

On the central battlefield.

The earth continued to shake.

Gedo Mazo smashed his fist on the ground, then flipped his palm and threw Kyuubi to the ground. Just as his palm was about to clamp down on Kyuubi, a Bijudama was shot out!

When Kyuubi used Bijudama to dodge Gedo Mazo's attack, he jumped out and grinned at Gedo Mazo, "Hmph, what a troublesome guy…"

"This is really troublesome…"

Nagato's expression was also ugly.

Because Kyuubi was too difficult to capture.

Other than Gedo Mazo's attack, the other methods were simply scratching an itch for Kyuubi. If he used Shinra Tensei(Almighty Push) to attack Kyuubi, he might even be injured by the repulsive force!

At this moment, Nagato was slightly regretful.

If he was willing to listen to Uehara's suggestion and capture Hachibi first, then bringing Gedo Mazo to capture Kyuubi would definitely not be so troublesome.

Now, Nagato was truly riding a tiger and unable to get off.

Little did he know that Kyuubi was also very anxious on the other side.

Because it was very clear that Gedo Mazo was troublesome, this huge monster used to be the body of all the Bijuu, and its strength was very strong.

It was very easy for Kyuubi to fight Gedo Mazo to a draw alone, but it was a little difficult to defeat it.

Well, more than a little bit.

Because there was also a huge threat above Gedo Mazo.

If he wasn't careful, it was very likely that he would be caught by the two of them. At that time, if Gedo Mazo took him in, Kyuubi knew that he would definitely disappear!

"I still need to borrow the body of that little brat Naruto to fuse with our Chakra…"

Kyuubi looked at the huge Gedo Mazo and could not help but snort, "Why is that little brat so long-winded? Haven't you finished chatting with that woman Kushina yet?"

In the spiritual world.

Kushina and Naruto met.

Because it happened to be the time when Jiraiya died in battle, Naruto was the most irritable. In order to avenge Jiraiya, he completely opened the seal under Kyuubi's temptation.

There was no Minato to stop him this time, but after completely opening the seal, Naruto saw the chakra of his mother, Kushina.

Therefore, Naruto reported everything that happened in the Ninja World to his mother. Among them, there was no lack of Obito who created the Kyuubi Rampage; the Akatsuki organization wreaked havoc in the Ninja World to capture Bijuu and Jiraiya, who had just died.

Just as they finished chatting and Kushina was sad, both mother and son heard Kyuubi's words and could not help but curiously pull Kyuubi into the spiritual space.

Kushina and Naruto stood together. The two of them stared at the huge Kyuubi at the same time. The mother and son had the same expression and were full of curiosity.

Kushina looked at the huge Kyuubi and stretched out her palm, "Hey, Kyuubi, we can chat as long as we want. It has nothing to do with you! Do you want to be tied up by me?"

"…"

Damn it!

Kyuubi looked down at the mother and son.

There was a hint of disgust in Kyuubi's huge eyes.

The more they looked at mother and son, the more he hated them!

No matter how many times he looked at them, he still felt that the mother and son were really annoying!

Kyuubi couldn't help but glance at Kushina and said, "Humph, then continue to chat! After I am extracted from the body of this little brat Naruto, this little brat will die and go to the Pure Land to meet you. At that time, you can chat as long as you want!"

"…"

Kushina immediately fell silent.

Right now, Naruto's safety was the most important thing because there were powerful enemies in the outside world.

If they wanted to defeat Gedo Mazo and Nagato outside, Kyuubi and Naruto had to work together to bring out more power!

Naruto scratched the back of his head and asked, "Did something happen outside? Mom and I will seal you again now. I will continue to fight!"

Damn, why do you want to seal him!

Kyuubi glanced at Naruto, who had spoken half a sentence, and said in a low voice, "The enemy outside is an existence that even my full strength is difficult to deal with. Kid, do you think you can do it?"

"…"

Naruto suddenly fell silent.

Kyuubi snorted coldly and said arrogantly, "Alright, I need your body to fight now. Next, I will lend you all my chakra…"

"Borrow what!"

Kushina muttered with dissatisfaction, "Isn't it natural for Jinchuriki to use Bijuu's chakra? Kyuubi, what do you mean by that look of grace!"

"Bastard!"

Kyuubi couldn't help but bare his teeth at Kushina, "Do you think this kid is you? As long as I don't lend it to him, he won't be able to get a portion of power from me!"

"…"

Kushina immediately pouted.

As the previous Kyuubi Jinchuriki, Kushina had really managed to restrain Kyuubi.

She did not expect that after her death. The Kyuubi, who she had restrained until he could not move, would actually turn over.

Kyuubi looked at Kushina's face full of regret and displeasure and could not help but bare his teeth, "Bastard woman, if you want your son to live, get him out and fight!"

Become a Patron to read chapters ahead of public release and support me :winking_face:

If you find any errors ( broken links, non-standard content, etc.. ), Please let us know report chapter so we can fix it as soon as possible.

Report chapter Comments

Chapter 296: No, It Should Be Said That Uehara Misjudged You

Chapter 296: No, It Should Be Said That Uehara Misjudged You

While inside Kushina's body, Kyuubi was also thinking.

In fact, it was also a good choice to die together, because it could be reborn, and enjoy less suffering for a period of time.

Unfortunately, it couldn't even die at that time.

Uzumaki Kushina was a pure-blooded Uzumaki clan princess, the Chakra in her body was not only huge, but she was also proficient in various messy sealing techniques. She could easily tie up the complete Kyuubi in her body.

Now that Kyuubi had changed his landlord, he could die together with him.

However, outside was Gedo Mazo, who could absorb its chakra. If he were captured, there would be no chance for him to be reborn!

Kyuubi could only pinch his nose and admit it. He planned to temporarily help this little brat Naruto, at least let him learn to borrow his chakra first.

"Then I will go out!"

Naruto suddenly closed his fist.

Naruto's figure disappeared from this spiritual world in the next moment, leaving only Kushina and Kyuubi in this space.

After seeing Naruto disappear, the gentleness on Kushina's face gradually disappeared. In front of Kyuubi, she became a mother who wanted to protect her child.

"Kyuubi."

Kushina stared at Kyuubi with a dark look in her eyes, "I saw it. The hatred in your body seems to be getting deeper and deeper!"

Kyuubi's gaze was also a bit gloomy, "If not for you Jinchuriki, why do you think the hatred would grow?"

How happy it was in the Country of Fire back then!

Because Kyuubi had a huge amount of chakra in his body, no one in the whole world dared to provoke him. He ate whatever he wanted to eat and played as he liked.

Until one day, a guy named Uchiha Madara appeared in the world.

That guy Madara used genjutsu to control him and fought with a bastard named Hashirama. As a result, Madara lost to that bastard and gave him before he died. Kyuubi began to live as a tenant from then on.

How could Kyuubi's hatred not grow?

Kushina clearly understood this point. She sighed faintly and said, "Forget it, those are old things. In the future, get along well with Naruto! Coincidentally, I still have the chakra left to help you get rid of this hateful chakra!"

"Are you… still human?"

Kyuubi gritted his teeth and stared at Kushina in front of him. He cursed, "You bastard woman, don't you know that the stronger Bijuu's hatred is, the stronger our strength will become?"

"You went the wrong way."

Kushina's gaze was cold.

At this moment, she was a determined mother.

Kushina coldly stared at the blood bubbles that gradually appeared on Kyuubi's body. She coldly said, "This hateful and evil chakra will affect Naruto and will make Naruto fall into darkness…"

"The darkness in the heart of that little brat has been born!"

Kyuubi's eyes gradually widened. He stared at Kushina and said in a gloomy voice, "Kushina, do you think that your son has experienced the same life as you?

That little brat has been isolated and brainwashed by others since he was a child. He only found out the truth of birth and the world when he was twelve years old. If not for that bastard Minato, he would have already become one with me!"

"…"

Kushina was silent for a while.

A moment later, Kushina suddenly shook her head and said, "No matter what you say, my decision will not change! I believe that Naruto will break his darkness by himself, but your hatred and evil must not grow! Adamantine Sealing Chains!"

After she finished speaking, Kushina closed her palm. Countless golden chains extended out from her body and tightly inserted into Kyuubi's body!

The next moment,

These golden chains forcibly pulled out another Kyuubi whose appearance was even more terrifying. Its body was full of blood-red bubbles!

Kushina's palm suddenly covered the body of this Kyuubi and said in a deep voice, "Kyuubi, let me use the last of my chakra and your hatred to perish together!"

Kushina used all her strength, waved her fist, and fiercely smashed the body of this Kyuubi who was full of hatred into pieces!

As for the real Kyuubi in the spiritual space, as he watched his hatred die together with Kushina, he began to curse, "Kushina, you are still such an idiot!

As long as Bijuu does not recognize the Jinchuriki, it will be reborn sooner or later even if our hatred disappears now!"

Unfortunately, Kushina could no longer hear it.

In this space, only Kyuubi was left.

After a long time, Kyuubi slowly retracted his claws and lowered his head, "Forget it, just treat it as the price I paid for killing you all back then. I will forgive you this time."

Outside the battlefield.

The enormous Kyuubi's true body began to shrink.

Everyone was surprised to see Kyuubi's body rapidly shrinking, and finally, it turned into a Naruto covered in a golden chakra coat!

"That is…"

Tsunade looked at this scene of Naruto reappearing in disbelief. This little brat was too amazing!

The surging chakra almost instantly swept everything around!

No matter who saw Naruto's current state, they couldn't help but feel a bit scared. The golden chakra cloak was completely different from the blood-red Bijuu coat in the past, and it was even more terrifying than other chakra coats.

Especially the current state of Naruto was very rational.

When Naruto saw Tsunade's figure, he waved his hand at her, "Granny Tsunade! It's me!"

"…"

Tsunade felt Naruto's breath, and her mind relaxed a little, "Naruto… Has he finally succeeded in controlling Kyuubi?"

Now Konoha has hope of victory.

No, at the very least, Konoha can control the situation of one side.

But it seemed that even if Naruto was able to transform into Bijuu mode successfully, it didn't make any difference to him.

Nagato looked down at Naruto, who was wearing a golden chakra coat and whispered, "If you are full-body Bijuu, maybe I will really feel a little troublesome. But if you are in Jinchuriki's state, then I will gladly accept Kyuubi's Chakra!"

Nagato suddenly stretched out his palm towards Naruto's direction and shouted in a deep voice, "Banshō Ten'in(Universal Pull)!"

A boundless gravitational force was emitted from Nagato's palm!

Naruto involuntarily flew towards them, but he did not panic in the slightest this time. Golden palms drilled out from his golden chakra coat and quickly condensed a Rasengan!

When these golden palms got close to Nagato, they suddenly wanted to press Rasengan down on his body!

"Shinra Tensei(Almighty Push)!"

Nagato could only helplessly change his technique, and the repulsive force was suddenly launched from his hand, directly wanting to blow Naruto away!

But this time, the power of the Shinra Tensei(Almighty Push) he used was too small!

Naruto's huge chakra hand tightly grabbed Gedo Mazo's body, firmly resisting Shinra Tensei(Almighty Push) released by Nagato!

In the next moment, Shinra Tensei(Almighty Push)'s repulsive force bounced back and actually sent Nagato flying!

However, Nagato did not give up easily. He controlled Gedo Mazo to send Naruto flying with a slap directly!

"Is this the power you obtained?"

Nagato slowly stood up and looked at Naruto, who stood up at the same time in the distance. He said calmly, "What an interesting power… However, this power is only interesting."

"Is that so?"

Naruto patted his palm without care. He waved his hand and pointed into the distance. Then he suddenly said, "I can feel that other people are spying on this battlefield… Are those people also members of Akatsuki? Are they spying on you or us?"

"Hmm?"

Nagato could not help but look in the direction he was pointing.

They were now looking at where Uehara and the others were hiding.

In the spectating area.

Uehara instantly placed his palm on Minato's body, and the two of them suddenly disappeared from the battlefield, leaving only Kabuto and Obito behind.

"I almost forgot, Kyuubi's chakra mode can sense malice."

Before leaving, Uehara only left a sentence, "Whoever has malicious intentions towards Naruto, let's solve it! Anyway, I am a kind person and no malicious thought on him!"

Kabuto, who was left behind, "…"

Obito, who was left behind, "…"

Clearly, you are full of malice towards everyone in the Ninja World!

Just as Kabuto and Obito were feeling helpless in their hearts, Obito received a new order from Uehara.

"Alright, since you have been discovered, it's your turn to go on stage!"

Since they had been discovered, they might as well use this opportunity to join the battlefield. Anyway, this battle was almost coming to an end.

"Yes, Naraku-sama."

After Kabuto answered, he slowly pushed up the glasses on his nose and slowly stood up, revealing his figure. Obito, who was hiding beside Kabuto, also slowly stood up, revealing his figure.

These two people who had been hiding in the vicinity since the beginning of the war finally revealed their figures.

The next moment.

Obito stretched out his palm, grabbed Kabuto's body, and brought him into Kamui's space.

On the battlefield.

A space-time vortex slowly opened.

The figures of Obito and Kabuto appeared one after another.

This scene made Nagato frown. He did not look at Obito, his old enemy, but stared at Kabuto and said in a deep voice, "Kabuto, you are a spy sent by Obito to join Akatsuki!"

"Really…"

Kabuto pushed up his glasses and said with a smile, "I didn't expect to be discovered by the leader at this time!"

Kabuto's smile became wider and wider. He continued with a smile, "However, I am not Obito-san spy. I am just a spy for Orochimaru."

"Orochimaru…"

After this name appeared, everyone couldn't help but frown. Whether it was Konoha or Nagato, they obviously hated this name very much.

Tsunade slowly clenched her fist. She walked up and said in a deep voice, "It seems that the rumor of Orochimaru dying in an experiment has always been a lie you released!"

A scourge can cause a disaster for a thousand years, and sure enough, how can that bastard Orochimaru die so easily!

"Hehe…"

Kabuto curled the corners of his mouth and spread out his palm with a smile, "But if I don't do this, how can I successfully join Akatsuki?"

At this point, Kabuto looked at Nagato with a smile and said, "Do you want to recall who recommended me to join Akatsuki?"

"It was Uehara who misjudged you…"

Nagato's expression was a little ugly.

If he remembered correctly, Uehara had recruited many people for Akatsuki. Sure enough, there would be problems with those who were not loyal enough!

However, Kabuto could not help but push his glasses and continued with a smile, "No, it should be said that Uehara misjudged you… He often promotes your strength and your dreams; he painstakingly recruits many people!"

When Kabuto said this, he couldn't help but look around and continued, "Unfortunately, Uehara recruited so many people to join Akatsuki for the leader, but the leader didn't seem to bring anyone else here?"

Kabuto looked at the ugly Nagato and continued with a smile, "I'm really glad… If not for the fact that only the leader is left, I wouldn't dare to appear here!"

Become a Patron to read chapters ahead of public release and support me :winking_face:

If you find any errors ( broken links, non-standard content, etc.. ), Please let us know report chapter so we can fix it as soon as possible.

Report chapter Comments

Chapter 297: The Enemy Carefully Prepared for You!

Chapter 297: The Enemy Carefully Prepared for You!

What Kabuto said was half true and half false.

Nagato couldn't help but frown. He had to admit that he had acted too rashly this time, and the result led to him fighting alone.

When Six Paths of Pain was completely destroyed, his main body was still entangled with Kyuubi Jinchuriki. Obito, the enemy, appeared.

There was even Kabuto, the spy who was lurking in Akatsuki.

The situation seems to be a little bad…

The Sharingan under Obito's mask stared at Nagato and said in a gloomy voice, "Nagato, I have always had high hopes for you… When you betrayed me because of that little brat Uehara, you should have thought of today!"

"Shut up."

Nagato frowned and looked at Obito without hesitation; he said, "Uehara is Akatsuki's leader successor. When you tried to kill Uehara, we had already become enemies!"

"Don't be so impatient!"

Kabuto smiled and closed his palm. He whispered, "Leader, why don't you continue to capture Kyuubi Jinchuriki first? We can talk about this later?"

"…"

This was too fake!

How could there be someone like Kabuto!

Whether it was Tsunade, Naruto, or Nagato, the faces of the three people could not help but become ugly. Even if there were new enemies, their hostility still did not change.

The situation on the battlefield suddenly became subtle.

Tsunade clenched her fists and stared at Kabuto and Obito. She said in a low voice, "Did you appear here for Naruto?"

"No."

Obito shook his head then nodded, "Kyuubi is only a part of the reason. I don't care about temporarily placing Kyuubi's chakra on this kid…"

A red light flashed in the eyes of Obito. He stared at Nagato's eye and said, "I appeared here to take back the eyes that I gave to Nagato!"

Obito suddenly rushed toward Nagato. He reached out his hand to grab the Rinnegan on Nagato and coldly said, "I have to thank Konoha for helping me deal with the Six Paths of Pain. Otherwise, I wouldn't dare to attack him!"

"Shinra Tensei(Almighty Push)!"

Nagato subconsciously stretched out his palm, and a repulsive force suddenly erupted from his side. However, Obito's figure easily passed through the repulsive force and continued to rush to his body!

Nagato's expression changed.

After Nagato turned over and avoided Obito's attack, the next moment, his figure suddenly floated up into the air and appeared above Gedo Mazo's head.

Obito snorted coldly. He turned around and followed Gedo Mazo's body. With a few leaps, he appeared on Gedo Mazo's shoulder. No matter what attack Gedo Mazo launched, it could not hurt him!

Obito stood on Nagato's shoulder and looked at him with contempt, "Do you think you can escape?"

"…"

A mechanical arm slowly appeared behind Nagato. In the blink of an eye, it became a machine gun. Nagato's voice gradually calmed down, "Obito, do you think you can challenge me? In front of this pair of eyes, no one is a match for it!"

"Hahahahaha…"

Obito laughed darkly. He snorted coldly and said, "You don't know what to say. The Sage's eyes you think are just the end of Uchiha Clan Sharingan evolution!"

Obito looked at Nagato and said coldly, "It seems that you possess it. But in fact, you have already reached a dead end! Every time you use Rinnegan power, it will consume your life, right?"

"…"

Nagato's heart tightened.

This matter had always been his biggest headache.

Even if Uehara had been treating him, he could only gradually restore his body to its peak.

There was no way to replenish the life that he had already consumed.

Even after transplanting Hashirama's cells, he only felt that every time he used the Rinnegan, the burden on his body was indeed reduced. The chakra consumption was also decreasing, but his lifespan was constantly being consumed.

"Because that pair of eyes is Madara's eye."

Obito said this secret without care. He calmly continued, "That pair of eyes is given to you just to preserve his vitality and also to let you use it to resurrect him!"

"…"

Nagato's expression changed.

At this moment, his expression was extremely ugly.

Because of this pair of eyes, he had always thought that he was the true chosen one; always thinking that he would definitely become a true god; always thinking that he would definitely shoulder greater responsibility.

Everything he did now was because of the confidence brought by this pair of eyes. Without these eyes, he would only be an ordinary youth in Amegakure!

Nagato suppressed the shock in his heart and stared coldly at Obito. He tried his best to calm his voice, "Nonsense…"

Nagato guessed that what Obito said was true.

The resurrection technique was his biggest secret.

Other than the user of Rinnegan, no one else would know about this forbidden technique that could bring the dead back to life unless someone had told him about this technique.

Moreover, when Obito had been active in Akatsuki's organization as the mysterious masked man, he had even called himself Madara. It seemed that he was very familiar with the power of the Rinnegan.

"Nagato…"

Obito did not care about what Nagato said. He only said calmly, "Whether what I said is true or not, you should be very clear about it in your heart!"

After Obito said this, a red light suddenly flashed in his eyes, "Seeing that you are about to die, I will tell you! The plan of the ultimate weapon is fake, and the real plan is to become a god…"

Obito kicked Gedo Mazo, who was under his feet, and his voice gradually became cold, "Only the people of Uchiha Clan can use the Rinnegan without any pressure, bear all of Bijuu's power, and becoming the god that would rule this world!"

"…"

Nagato's expression was still calm.

Even though there is a huge wave in his heart now, his heart is still very calm at this moment, perhaps because the news he received today was too shocking.

For so many years.

Nagato had always insisted on carrying out the ultimate weapon plan.

Even Konan and Uehara had always been supporting him. This was the dream of the true members of Akatsuki. By creating the ultimate weapon, this world became peaceful under the threat of the ultimate weapon.

But someone denied their plan.

Someone suddenly told him that they were just chess pieces for others to become gods.

If all of this was fake… then what exactly had they been working so hard for all this time? The people who had been sacrificed for this, the people who they had killed, the wars that they had set up for this were all wrong!

Especially in the past two years, they had never stopped fighting.

The Akatsuki members led by Uehara had destroyed almost every Great Country Ninja Village in the Ninja World. The goal was only to collect Bijuu and spread the horror of Akatsuki…

Today, Uehara also told him that he had just destroyed Kumogakure and captured Hachibi Jinchuriki…

Nagato's fingers slowly pinched together.

He suddenly remembered that Konan had hoped that Uehara would never have any connection with Akatsuki. She simply wanted to be the leader of Amegakure and let Uehara take their place in the light.

In the end, because he spoiled Uehara too much, not only did he persuade Konan many times, but he also often sent Uehara some dangerous tasks. Which made Uehara completely destroy the Kusagakure and almost caused the war between Konoha and Iwagakure…

The darkness that Uehara was involved in was too deep!

Now, no matter how he washed it, it could not be washed clean!

Just as Nagato was letting his imagination run wild over Gedo Mazo's head, Obito seemed to want to see his pain and struggle. Not only did he not make a move, but he was also calmly stroking his mask.

When they were communicating above.

The battle below had already begun.

Tsunade waved her fist and rushed towards Kabuto. She asked coldly, "Kabuto, where is that bastard Orochimaru!"

"How can I tell you this secret!"

Kabuto dodged Tsunade's fist and watched as Tsunade's fist created a huge crack on the ground. His eyes couldn't help but twitch.

Fortunately, Kabuto had plenty of trump cards, and some of them were strong enough to challenge Tsunade. After avoiding Tsunade's attack, he pushed up his glasses and smiled, "Orochimaru-sama is in a very safe place. No one can find him!"

You can't kill him even if you kill him.

This was because Orochimaru's current eight-headed great snake was his soul body. Unless someone was skilled in soul technique or sealing technique, it was possible to get rid of Orochimaru.

Moreover, Ryuchi Cave's place was also very secretive.

Tsunade slowly clenched her fists and said sternly, "When I beat you until you are left with only one breath, I believe you will definitely say it!"

"Is that so?"

Kabuto slowly closed his palm and said with a chuckle, "Then let me try the fineness of Fifth Hokage-sama! Kuchiyose!"

A coffin floated out from Kabuto's front!

A watermelon head Ninja in a skintight green suit walked out of the coffin. He slowly opened his eyes and looked at everyone present. He scratched his head and said, "Hahaha, so I'm not dead yet?"

It was Guy, who had just been Impure World Reincarnation!

"Yes!"

Kabuto suddenly raised his finger and said with a smile, "Because there is such a kind person like me, you can be resurrected!"

"Guy…"

Tsunade clenched her fist subconsciously and looked at Kabuto with resentment, "He has just died, but you bastards have disturbed his soul!"

"Bushier Brows Sensei!"

Naruto was also watching all this in bewilderment. His eyes slowly moved to Kabuto, and a Rasengan appeared in his hand, "Granny Tsunade, help me stop Bushier Brows Sensei. I will deal with this guy!"

"…"

Tsunade slowly nodded.

Naruto looked at Kabuto, his eyes filled with anger, "You blaspheme these heroes who died for the village…I will never let you go!"!"

"Don't be too anxious…"

Kabuto raised his finger to his lips and said with a smile, "Naruto, even I don't want to face you in your current state, so I specially invited Orochimaru-sama to prepare an enemy for you!"

In the face of Naruto in Kyuubi's chakra mode, Kabuto indeed had some difficulty.

When Kabuto finished speaking, a special kunai with a character written on it suddenly fell between Kabuto and Naruto…

In the next moment, a figure wearing the same golden chakra cloak as Naruto appeared in front of everyone!

It was Fourth Hokage, Minato!

"I'm sorry, Naruto."

Minato held his Flying Thunder God kunai and looked up at Naruto with an apologetic look on his face, "I didn't expect that we would meet under such circumstances…"

Become a Patron to read chapters ahead of public release and support me :winking_face:

If you find any errors ( broken links, non-standard content, etc.. ), Please let us know report chapter so we can fix it as soon as possible.

Report chapter Comments

Chapter 298: Kyuubi, the Protagonist of the World!

Chapter 298: Kyuubi, the Protagonist of the World!

When Minato appeared, everyone's expression changed slightly. Naruto was a little shocked.

Tsunade frowned slightly. She had already guessed that Minato would appear because Minato had appeared once.

"Orochimaru, that bastard!"

Tsunade slammed her fist on the ground and looked at Kabuto with a cold face, "To let a father and son who have never seen each other kill each other, is he still a human?"

"You can't say that."

Kabuto smiled and spread out his palm, "This is exactly Orochimaru-sama's kindness. If not for Orochimaru-sama, would Naruto have a chance to see his father? Would Tsunade-sama have a chance to see Second Hokage-sama?"

Tsunade's expression became more and more ugly, "You bastards who blaspheme the souls of the dead are still full of nonsense…"

"What we say has always been reasonable."

Kabuto closed his palm and said with a chuckle, "If Tsunade-sama wants to see Jiraiya-sama revive, I can help her…"

"…"

Tsunade gritted her teeth.

Her heart suddenly jumped a bit.

After hesitating for a second, Tsunade raised her fist and rushed towards Kabuto, but Guy stopped her!

Guy raised his foot and blocked Tsunade. He continued to attack while explaining, "Hokage-sama… I'm sorry… I'm not… I can't control my actions…"

"I understand."

Tsunade raised her arm to block Guy's attack and shouted, "Hey, the people of the Sealing Team, come here!"

"Yes, Hokage-sama!"

One by one, Konoha Ninjas rushed up with the scroll in their hands.

However, before they could rush over, they saw a Kunai suddenly appear around them. In an instant, rays of golden light flashed!

Before the others could react, these ninjas covered their throats and fell one by one… In just a short two to three seconds, these ninjas were all killed. No one else had ever reacted.

There was only one ninja who could have this kind of speed.

Minato's palm trembled slightly. The Flying Thunder God kunai in his hand was dripping with blood. His face revealed a hint of grief and bitterness, "Sorry… I…"

"Dad, this is not your fault."

Naruto took a deep breath and stood in front of Minato. He slowly clenched his fist and said in a deep voice, "All of this is Orochimaru's fault! I will not let that bastard go…"

"…"

Minato shook his head with a bitter smile.

At this moment, he had no way to explain all of this.

Because the person behind all of this would not allow him to say a single word, as long as he dared to say a word, their family of three would reunite in the Ninja World.

The family of three reunited sounded very good.

It was just that at that time, it should have been father and mother who joined hands to kill their son.

After Minato sighed, his expression gradually became serious. He looked at his son and softly said, "Naruto… come! Let me tell you the difference between Nine-Tails Chakra Mode and Kurama Mode…"

(TL note: In terms of appearance, Kurama Mode has chakra shroud's shape alters to resemble a full-length haori, similar to the one Minato usually wears while Nine-Tails Chakra Mode has none, naruto just glow golden and has some black marking all over his body.)

A small, pitch-black Bijudama appeared in Minato's hand. His figure instantly disappeared from his original spot and reappeared beside Naruto, "Only when you can understand the Kurama in your body can you truly become one with the Kurama!"

The Bijudama in Minato's hand suddenly pressed down!

A golden chakra hand suddenly drilled out of Naruto's body, wanting to block Minato, who was rushing over!

However, that Bijudama easily crushed the huge chakra palm, and a burst of an explosion sounded directly, sending Naruto flying!

"This is… Bijudama?"

A trace of shock flashed across Naruto's face.

Minato calmly nodded. He was still a little surprised; why didn't Uehara stop him from teaching Naruto how to become a perfect Jinchuriki?

However, since Uehara did not stop him, Minato took this opportunity to teach his son, "Kyuubi's name is Kurama. When you truly understand it, you will be able to communicate with each other and use each other's strength…"

Minato's arm suddenly stretched out and turned into a giant golden demon fox claw. He directly grabbed at Naruto, "The Jinchuriki in this state is the so-called perfect Jinchuriki!"

Naruto was sent flying by a claw!

In the distance.

Uehara controlled Minato and Obito from a distance. He tilted his head and personally descended his will into Minato's spiritual world, "Fourth Hokage-sama. Pay attention to your behavior. That is your biological son…"

"…"

Minato was completely at a loss.

What kind of nonsense was this? Wasn't the person controlling him fighting Naruto right now wasn't Uehara, this incompetent bastard?

However, the current Naruto was indeed no match for his father.

In the perfect Jinchuriki state, Minato could completely use any power of Kyuubi including Bijudama, while Naruto's Nine-Tails Chara Mode could only simply borrow Kyuubi's chakra at will.

Originally, Naruto was still somewhat ambitious, but he was a bit shocked at this moment. Fortunately, Naruto had already learned the path he would take from his father.

However, when Naruto was once again sent flying by Minato, the Yang Kyuubi who was hiding in Naruto's body finally could not hold back, "Brat, if this goes on, you are not his opponent if this goes on. Lend me your body for the time being! Let me deal with him!"

Naruto, "…"

To be honest, Naruto felt that Kyuubi wanted to take the opportunity to take revenge.

More than ten years ago, when Kyuubi was Rampaging. His whole body was cut into two halves by Minato. Half of it was the Yin Kyuubi, who was sealed in his body. The other half was the Yang Kyuubi, who was sealed in his son's body.

Kyuubi definitely wanted to take revenge.

However, Naruto had no power to fight back against his father right now. In the face of the danger of failure, which might lead to the destruction of Konoha… Naruto did not hesitate to lend his body to Kyuubi temporarily.

Spiritual Space.

"I'll leave it to you, Kurama, right?"

Naruto scratched the back of his head.

Kyuubi's mouth couldn't help but twitch. He coldly snorted and said, "Hmph, that fellow Minato is really talkative!!"

Because Minato had told Naruto its name, Kyuubi couldn't help but secretly hate that fellow for talking too much.

After saying this, Kyuubi looked at Naruto curiously, "You trust me so much. Aren't you afraid that I will take away your body?"

"Not afraid."

Naruto shook his head and said softly, "Because Dad just said that you and I should believe in each other and understand each other…"

After saying this, Naruto added, "Even if you take away my body, I can take it back from your hands again… Kurama, the current me is very strong!"

Kyuubi, "…"

It had been moved for a second just now!

This Naruto was the same annoying fellow as his mother!

On the battlefield.

Naruto's chakra once again changed. The Kyuubi's huge red body once again appeared, and this huge monster once again appeared on the battlefield!

Kyuubi clawed at Minato, who was on the ground, and said with a grin, "Hmph, Minato, I will be your opponent from now on!"

"I see…"

Minato nodded calmly.

The next moment, Minato's body suddenly turned into a golden Kyuubi. He rushed towards the red Kyuubi to attack, and the two huge Kyuubi suddenly fought!

This battle was getting more and more intense!

No matter how intense the situation on the battlefield was, it still couldn't escape Uehara's control. He was still watching the situation of this battle as if he was watching a show.

Obito and Nagato were still confronting each other.

Tsunade and Impure World Reincarnation's Guy had already stopped. The two of them watched the two huge Kyuubi fighting with vigilance.

Perhaps it was because of Perfect Jinchuriki, Minato seemed to be superior in controlling the Yin Kyuubi. He uses the Flying Thunder God Technique to release a tricky Bijudama, directly knocking the Yang Kyuubi to the ground!

After the Yang Kyuubi was defeated, he could only helplessly shrink back into Naruto's body, cursing again and providing Naruto with chakra.

Just as Uehara was monitoring everything on the battlefield and watching this Kyuubi battle happily, the system panel suddenly prompted him that he just complete a mission.

[Side task: Defeat the Yang Kyuubi(1/1)]

[Mission Completed]

[Reward: Passive innate skill – Yang Power.]

[Yang power: Able to freely control Yang attribute Chakra, use Yang Released Ninjutsu at will, and give life energy. This is one of the components of Truth-Seeking Ball. ]

"…"

Uehara's expression gradually changed.

The next moment, the corner of Uehara's mouth twitched.

Who could tell him why the system would reward him with Yang Power after Minato defeated Yang Kyuubi?

Wait, this situation seemed very normal!

The Kyuubi in Naruto's belly had always been the protagonist in this world!

Uehara slowly rubbed his forehead. What Madara, what Hashirama, no matter how popular they were, could they compare to Kyuubi?

What Madara, Hashirama, and Asura's reincarnation, apart from their strength to hang Kyuubi up and beat him, what else could they compete with Kyuubi?

All Uehara guessing before was all in vain…

Should he defeat the peak state Sasuke or Madara, or should he beat the peak state Naruto or Hashirama to obtain the Yin and Yang Power…

He never thought that the answer would be so close!

After defeating Yang Kyuubi, it was not surprising that he would obtain Yang Power!

Originally, Uehara only wanted to watch a father and son duel between Minato and Naruto, and at the same time, watch a great battle between Yang Kyuubi and Yin Kyuubi.

Unexpectedly, he obtained the Yang Power!

Then, how to obtain the Yin Energy?

Defeat Minato.

No, it should be said the Yin Kyuubi in Minato's body.

Uehara rubbed his forehead. When he was about to transfer Minato back immediately, Nagato's voice suddenly came from the ring on his hand, "Uehara, I'll leave Konan to you. In the future, you have to protect your Sensei…"

Become a Patron to read chapters ahead of public release and support me :winking_face:

If you find any errors ( broken links, non-standard content, etc.. ), Please let us know report chapter so we can fix it as soon as possible.

Report chapter Comments

Chapter 299: Hello, Are You Okay!

Chapter 299: Hello, Are You Okay!

Nagato finally chose to accept reality and accept all the truth. He wanted to exhaust his own life to solve the hidden danger of Obito.

However, before the final battle with Obito, Nagato had to arrange his affairs. Fortunately, he had already prepared to face this day.

Moreover, Uehara had never failed to live up to his expectations.

Therefore, Nagato chose to entrust Konan to Uehara before his death.

"Nagato-sama."

Uehara injected chakra into the ring, and his voice had a trace of hesitation, "Why do you say that? Did something happen on your side?"

"…"

There was no reply from the ring.

Nagato did not say anything to Uehara because he had to immediately arrange for Konan to evacuate, who was still fighting on the other side.

On the battlefield.

Nagato's finger was placed on his lips and through the ring on his hand; he contacted Konan, who was still entangled with Fifth Kazekage and Fifth Mizukage.

"Konan."

Nagato's fingers trembled slightly, and then he slowly regained his calm, "Konan, leave the battlefield immediately and return to Amegakure."

"What?"

Konan frowned and thought for a second. Then, she suddenly said, "Nagato, what's wrong with your side? I'll get rid of these two people right now and rush over to meet you."

"There's no need for that."

After thinking for a while, Nagato said in a low voice, "Konan, listen to my orders. Leave this battlefield immediately and return to Amegakure."

"…"

On the other side of the battlefield, Konan was silent.

Obviously, Konan's intuition was sharper than Nagato had imagined.

After a while, Konan suddenly said, "Nagato, these are meaningless words. We will never abandon our companions until we die… Tell me, what exactly happened? You never lie to us."

"…"

After pondering for a while, Nagato said softly, "Yes, because I am going to use a powerful technique that I have never used before. If you stay on the battlefield, I will be more worried that you might be affected…"

Since he had never lied, then let him lie once!

Once he told the truth, Konan would definitely not agree to his request.

However, before Nagato could finish his words, a piece of paper turned into a paper butterfly and appeared on his shoulder. At this moment, Nagato's expression changed.

"Nagato, the way you lie is really full of loopholes…"

Konan's voice came from the paper butterfly, "Because you never lie to us. You will tell us about every Rinnegan technique. Nagato, there is no need to say so much. Summon me to fight together!"

"…"

Nagato shook his head and said softly, "Konan, and Uehara…"

Konan interrupts him, and her voice carries an unprecedented firmness, "Naraku is a kind of fire in Akatsuki and Amegakure. It is because of him that we can fight with our lives on the line."

Nagato fell into silence.

At this moment, he vaguely felt that Konan was right. They already had a successor, so there was no need to worry about anything else!

Konan's voice gradually calmed down. But her voice was still cold as she said, "Nagato, don't be too pessimistic… Now, immediately summon me to your side. As for the truth, I have already thought of a way to pass it to Uehara."

"… Yes."

Nagato was convinced again.

He was a person always so easy to convince.

Nagato stared at Obito, and after sizing up the battlefield, he shouted, "Fifth Hokage-dono, I now announce that the war between Akatsuki and Konoha has ended. Now, I want to eliminate the hidden danger of this world!"

"…"

Tsunade gritted her teeth.

To be honest, she really didn't want to end it like this!

This bastard killed Kakashi,

Guy was killed, Jiraiya was killed, and Nagato killed many Konoha Ninjas.

Unfortunately, the situation was awful for Konoha.

So Tsunade did not answer Nagato.

Naruto frowned slightly.

On the other side of the battlefield.

After Konan's figure suddenly disappeared, Gaara and Terumi looked at each other in confusion. Did this battle fail or succeed?

Terumi and Gaara did not hesitate for too long. After thinking for a while, they quickly rushed to the final battlefield.

On the final battlefield.

Konan's figure appeared next to Nagato along with a burst of smoke. When she saw Obito, she unhesitatingly launched an attack at him!

Konan's palms overlapped with folded paper. These folded papers were mixed with explosive tags as they swept towards Obito!

"Obito!"

Konan slowly raised her hand, and countless papers wrapped around Obito's figure, "Eight years ago when you attacked Naraku, I had already planned your fate today!"

"Really…"

Obito held his mask, and his body turned into a virtual state. He said coldly, "What a troublesome woman!"

The next moment, Obito's figure blurred through the encirclement of the white paper and rushed in the direction of Konan and Nagato, "It was clearly just one person sending himself to his death. I didn't expect that it would be two people sending themselves to their deaths!"

A great battle unfolded!

Compared to Nagato's Rinnegan and Konan's paper technique, Obito's Kamui seemed to be invincible!

Nagato instantly dispelled Gedo Mazo's summon!

He and Konan could float in the air and watch as Obito fell to the ground, temporarily occupying the terrain advantage.

However, this advantage was not too long.

This was because Obito could also use his space-time technique to appear in the air temporarily, and he could even call for backup at any time.

In the next moment, a space-time vortex appeared beside Nagato!

Both Konan and Nagato revealed a flash of light in their eyes at the same time, "When Obito used the space-time technique to appear, his body must be corporeal…"

The opportunity had come!

Unfortunately, the one who appeared in the space-time vortex was not Obito, but Impure World Reincarnation's Second Hokage Tobirama, another enemy who was good at Flying Thunder God Technique!

There were many people stored in Kamui's space!

It was really hard to defend against this move!

Second Hokage Tobirama ignored the pile of explosive tags that Konan had stacked on his body. He only appeared behind Nagato instantly and reached out to grab Nagato's shoulder!

"Shinra Tensei(Almighty Push)!"

A boundless repulsive force erupted from Nagato's palm and instantly sent Tobirama flying. At the same time, the countless explosive tags that Konan had summoned exploded Tobirama into pieces!

In the next moment, Tobirama's body started to gather again.

Impure World Reincarnation would never die, so he didn't need to fear the power of the explosive tags at all!

"Can't be killed?"

A black stick condensed in Nagato's hand, and he was about to shoot towards Tobirama, who had temporarily recovered his body!

However, an arm suddenly appeared and grabbed Nagato's arm!

It was Obito!

"Bastard…"

Nagato could only helplessly dodge.

The fierce battle between them could only be temporarily put to rest.

The chaotic battle on the ground was also breaking out. Minato, who was in Impure World Reincarnation's body, was practically invincible as he ravaged all the ninjas whether it was Naruto, who had just activated Nine-Tail Chakra Mode, or the other Sealing Team that wanted to seal him!

"This is troublesome…"

Tsunade looked at Tobirama and Obito, who appeared, and then looked at Minato, who was on the battlefield, frowning more and more.

The battle had entered its peak stage.

Konoha: Tsunade, Naruto, and Konoha Ninjas.

Akatsuki Organization: Nagato and Konan.

Behind the scenes: Kabuto, Obito, Impure World Reincarnation Guy, Impure World Reincarnation Tobirama, Impure World Reincarnation Minato.

Tsunade did not expect this.

The second wave of enemies they needed to face was stronger than they had imagined. They even used Impure World Reincarnation to suppress Konoha and Nagato!

However, Kabuto still felt that it was not fierce enough.

"Obito-san."

Kabuto looked at Obito calmly, slowly closing his palm, and said with a chuckle, "If the enemy in the air is not easy to deal with, I can help you arrange a companion who is good at flying!"

"Humph…"

Obito glanced at Kabuto and snorted, "Then hurry up! Orochimaru asked you to listen to my orders all the way!"

"Okay."

Kabuto formed a hand seal for the summoning technique in the next moment, and a smile gradually appeared on his face, "Kuchiyose!"

Another coffin appeared on the ground.

A ninja who was good at flying, Second Tsuchikage Mu.

This war would become even more chaotic. When Second Tsuchikage joined the battlefield, the air superiority of Konan and Nagato would disappear.

"Jinton, Genkai Hakuri no Jutsu(Dust Release: Detachment of the Primitive World Technique)!"

A white light bloomed in Second Tsuchikage's hand and suddenly flew in the direction of Nagato. This light was so dazzling that no one dared to open their eyes to look straight at it!

"Gakidō(Preta Path)!"

Nagato waved his palm, using Gakidō(Preta Path)'s ability to absorb chakra; he completely absorbed Dust Release's chakra. This kind of threat was not too much to him.

Second Tsuchikage suddenly frowned and disappeared from their line of sight.

Just when the complexion of Nagato and Konan slightly changed, Second Tsuchikage concealed his figure and appeared beside them. Moreover, Second Tsuchikage also carried Second Hokage Tobirama's Flying Thunder God mark!

When these two fellows were together, it was definitely not as simple as 1 1.

The next moment, a Kunai shot towards Nagato. With a fierce shout, Tobirama's figure suddenly appeared beside Nagato!

"Hiraishingiri (Flying Thunder God Slash)!"

"Shinra Tensei(Almighty Push)!"

Nagato waved his hand and released a repulsive force, wanting to send Tobirama's figure flying. However, before the repulsive force attacked him, Tobirama's figure once again used Flying Thunder God and disappeared in front of Nagato!

Just as Nagato and Konan were on guard, Mu's figure quietly appeared behind Nagato. Tobirama also appeared beside him.

These two fellows had appeared too suddenly!

"Be careful!"

The folded paper in Konan's hand danced in the air!

Unfortunately, Nagato was still sent flying by Tobirama's kick in the end!

Nagato suddenly fell from the sky, and Tobirama chased after him!

Just when the kunai in Tobirama's hand was about to fall on Nagato, a figure wearing a golden chakra cloak quickly appeared in the air and suddenly grabbed Nagato's shoulder, and took him away from Tobirama's attack!

"Hey, are you okay?"

Become a Patron to read chapters ahead of public release and support me :winking_face:

If you find any errors ( broken links, non-standard content, etc.. ), Please let us know report chapter so we can fix it as soon as possible.

Report chapter Comments

Chapter 300: Let Them Wait for Me, the Savior!

Chapter 300: Let Them Wait for Me, the Savior!

On the battlefield.

No one had expected this.

At the most dangerous time for Nagato, the person who saved him was actually Naruto. This person should be the person who hated Nagato the most.

Even Tsunade was somewhat skeptical.

"Why did you save me?"

Nagato's palm trembled slightly. His gaze slowly stopped on Naruto, who had saved him, "Naruto, I killed Kakashi and Jiraiya-sensei. You should hate me to the bone!"

No matter what, the person who saved him should not be Naruto!

Because Nagato knows about Naruto, Kakashi is Naruto's Jonin Ninja Captain, and Jiraiya exists like a teacher to Naruto…

Both of them died in his hands…

Naruto had no reason to save him, no matter how he thought about it.

Even if they needed to face a common enemy, could Naruto overcome the hatred in his heart?

"Didn't you say that it useless to hate?"

Naruto shook his head indifferently. His face gradually revealed a complicated expression. He slowly said, "Although you have killed many people, I actually want to kill you more than anyone else. I really want to kill you…"

When Naruto said this, he even subconsciously clenched his teeth. However, in the next moment, he sighed and said, "But, Ero sennin hopes that you can survive."

"Jiraiya-sensei?"

Nagato's expression froze slightly.

Naruto nodded and continued, "Ero sennin told me that he wanted to kill you too. He wanted to kill you who tried to destroy the world."

As he spoke, Naruto turned his head and said in a low voice, "But after Ero sennin found out the truth, you were just a poor guy who was lured into the wrong path by others."

"So you feel sorry for me?"

Nagato's gaze froze slightly as he stared fixedly at the person in front of him.

When Jiraiya and Naruto find out the truth, they should be secretly laughing at him! They were laughing at him for calling himself a god, but he was actually just a pawn of others!

Unexpectedly, Naruto shook his head and said softly, "I never thought that you were pitiful. Ero sennin also did not think so. He only thought that he should go and correct the mistakes of his student. This was something that a teacher should do. Even if he died, he should do it."

When he said this, Naruto suddenly raised his head and said, "My first teacher, Iruka-sensei. At that time, I did not pass the Genin examination and was lured away by a traitor to steal the most important Book of Seals in the village.

Later, Iruka-sensei found out about this matter. Not only did he not hurt his student who made a big mistake because of this, but he also desperately protected me… The two of us are really lucky to have the same teacher.

After saying this, Naruto suddenly clenched his fist, and his expression gradually became a little ugly, "The only thing I did not expect was that Ero sennin really died in your hands… But he will definitely not blame you until his death."

"…"

Nagato immediately fell silent.

After a long time, Nagato slowly nodded. He looked at everyone present and said in a low voice, "Is that so… I understand."

"That's good."

Naruto nodded and said in a low voice, "Now you know the truth, right? We are facing a common enemy. Since you have survived, don't die so easily. Live with Ero sennin's will!"

"…"

Nagato was still silent.

In the next moment, Nagato glanced at Minato and Tobirama, who were rushing towards them, and extended his palm.

"Even if I am no longer a god, I will eliminate all the enemies in front of me and correct the mistakes of this world!"

A majestic repulsive force suddenly erupted from his hand!

An even more intense battle erupted.

It was as if Nagato didn't care about his life as he released the Rinnegan Power!

Minato and Tobirama instantly used the Flying Thunder God Technique to escape the attack range of the repulsive force. It was simply too easy for the two of them to dodge Shinra Tensei(Almighty Push)'s attack!

However, as Nagato erupted, the battle finally reached its climax!

In the distance.

Uehara was still remotely controlling all of this. He controlled Tobirama and Minato to create an opportunity for Naruto to save him deliberately.

"You really didn't disappoint me… Naruto."

Uehara rubbed the space between his eyebrows and said in a low voice, "Back then, I let Obito reveal the truth to Jiraiya. I deliberately wanted to arouse Jiraiya's sympathy and let him guide Nagato-sama again. I didn't expect that Jiraiya would actually be killed…

Forget it; it doesn't matter now. Everything is still going according to the plan. It seems that even if Jiraiya is dead, his will still be passed on to you!

Naruto, you really did not disappoint me!"

All of this was controlled by Uehara behind the scenes.

As a mastermind behind the scenes, he could not always use powerful strength and intelligence to induce others but to use deep feelings to control all this was a truly outstanding thing.

Initially, Uehara had saved Jiraiya to use him to change Nagato's thinking. He hadn't expected that the one to shoulder this responsibility would still be Naruto at the end of the day.

"Let the battle become more violent!"

Uehara's will instantly descend upon Obito, Minato, and Tobirama. His will appeared incomparably powerful in the spiritual world of these people, causing them to be unable to raise any strength to resist!

Uehara tilted his head, his palm dragging his head as he coldly said, "When you force them to a point where they can't resist, then their savior will appear!"

Minato, "…"

Tobirama, "…"

Obito, "…"

The three people under Uehara's control didn't know what to say.

Now that Konoha Ninjas, Nagato, and Konan were at a complete disadvantage against them, would there still be any reinforcements in the whole world to save them?

"Don't think too much. I am their savior."

The corners of Uehara's mouth curled up, revealing a kind smile, "So this time, I will give you a suitable opportunity to use your full strength to fight against me!"

Uehara smiled and continued, "During this period of time, all the anger you have in being controlled by me can be vented. If anyone can defeat me, maybe I will give him a chance to get rid of his Impure World Reincarnation."

His smile made the three people shudder.

Minato, Tobirama, and Obito were all shocked. They did not expect Uehara to be so bold!

According to their understanding of each other, the three of them were all good at space-time techniques, in addition to Impure World Reincarnation's immortal characteristics. If they were to go all out, even if they met Hashirama, they would have the strength to fight, and the chances of winning were not low!

Was this guy too confident?

However, the corners of Uehara's mouth curved up again, and he continued with a smile, "Who among you will inform Kabuto and let him use Sage Mode with all his strength. Let me test his combat strength too!"

"…"

When Kabuto heard this news, he was a little shocked.

As a subordinate who knew Uehara best, Kabuto was not like the others who thought that Uehara was a crazy and arrogant guy.

Therefore, when Kabuto receives the message. Kabuto asked in a somewhat terrified voice, "My lord, is there anything that you are not satisfied with?"

"No, I am delighted."

Uehara shook his head and smiled, "Don't you think it's very interesting? These people are trying to hurt their old friends and companions, and I, the person behind the scenes, is trying to save them…"

Uehara held his chin and tapped his cheek with his fingers, "I'm really curious. If they knew about these things in the future, what would they feel?"

Kabuto, "…"

Kabuto felt that their mood would definitely not be very good. Thinking about this, it was really surprisingly ironic!

When Uehara opened his mouth to speak of Hanzo's greatness back then, who would have thought that this guy was a murderer who personally killed Hanzo…

Back then, when Uehara always talks about the extermination and capturing of Akatsuki organization members, who would have thought that this guy was actually the future leader of Akatsuki's organization…

Now it seems it will be repeated again!

No one could think of it, right?

A guy who would work hard to save people was actually the mastermind behind all this?

"Other than this…"

Uehara continued to explain softly, "I still need Black Zetsu to continue to trust me. It just so happens that I will have a bloody battle with you, the traitor who betrayed Akatsuki and the Eye of the Moon Plan. Black Zetsu will definitely continue and can only trust me!"

"…"

Kabuto simply did not know how to retort.

In this way, Naraku-sama seemed to be calculating Konoha, Nagato, and Black Zetsu while also scheming against Orochimaru.

What the hell was going on in his boss's mind!

Then he could only hope that this Naraku-sama would be gentler later!

Kabuto did not think that he had the qualifications to challenge Uehara because he was very clear about who gave him everything now. He had also personally seen Uehara easily defeat Third Raikage, Second Hokage, and the others.

These people were definitely not weak.

However, they did not seem to have the qualifications to fight against Uehara. Other than the legendary Madara and Hashirama, no one could be a match for Uehara.

"Forget it…"

Kabuto slowly pushed up his glasses, controlling the Second Tsuchikage and Guy to continue attacking. The corners of his mouth revealed a smile, "I also want to see how strong Naraku-sama is!"

Become a Patron to read chapters ahead of public release and support me :winking_face:

If you find any errors ( broken links, non-standard content, etc.. ), Please let us know report chapter so we can fix it as soon as possible.

Report chapter Comments

Chapter 301: Sensei, Don't Be Afraid

Chapter 301: Sensei, Don't Be Afraid

The battle was getting more and more intense.

The entire battlefield had become completely chaotic.

Konoha Ninjas continuously joined the battlefield and were continuously killed by the Reincarnated Ninjas. Impure World Reincarnation's unlimited chakra and the characteristic of unlimited resurrection allowed them to launch an attack without restraint.

Even if Nagato and Naruto, the two powerful ninjas joined hands, they were still unable to stop their decline.

Minato, Obito, and Tobirama, the three ninjas who were skilled in space-time technique, appeared and disappeared unpredictably. Almost every time they attacked, they would force everyone to retreat in a flash.

This battle could not help but make people feel despair.

"Hirudora(Daytime Tiger)!"

Guy's Impure World Reincarnation body could not open the ultimate technique of Eight Hidden Gates, but he could easily open the seven gates. The seventh gate technique, Hirudora(Daytime Tiger), was suddenly pushed out by him!

An air pressure turned into a white tiger and swept towards Nagato and the others as if it were waiting to devour them!

This scene made one's scalp go numb!

Nagato's face was a bit ugly. Previously, when he was fighting against Konoha Ninjas, he was also forced to retreat when facing Hirudora(Daytime Tiger)'s attack. He did not expect that when he and Konoha Ninjas faced the enemy together, he would still have to face Hirudora(Daytime Tiger)!

This world was too ridiculous!

"Shinra Tensei(Almighty Push)!"

Nagato's hands suddenly pushed out a majestic repulsive force. He used his Rinnegan to repel the huge White Tiger Air Pressure!

After Nagato repelled Hirudora(Daytime Tiger), he turned to look at Naruto, "Naruto, I need a long time to use Shinra Tensei(Almighty Push) now…"

"Understood."

Naruto nodded solemnly as he stared at Minato, Obito, Tobirama, and Mu. These fellows would definitely not let this opportunity slip by!

Konan's figure floated down from the sky, and explosive tags floated around her, ready to sweep towards the enemy at any moment!

Unfortunately, if her technique were fully unleashed, the power would be too great. But she could only temporarily restrain her impulse, lest the explosive tags harm her allies.

"We must find a way to deal with Kabuto and Obito."

Konan looked at the enemies present and continued in a deep voice, "If this goes on, the battle between these Impure World Reincarnation ninjas and us will be our defeat sooner or later because of chakra exhaustion!"

"Then break through them!"

Naruto suddenly threw out a Rasengan, forcing Minato and Tobirama to retreat. Then, he dashed toward Kabuto!

Unfortunately, Naruto had only just rushed out when his father, Minato, stopped him!

"Even if we get rid of Kabuto, there is no way…"

Tsunade shook her head and looked at everyone present. She said in a deep voice, "Because there is a high possibility that some of these Impure World Reincarnation people are controlled by Orochimaru, so we can only seal these reincarnated ninjas first…"

"But…"

Naruto turned his head to look at the group of sealing ninjas who fell to the ground and died in battle. His face was ugly as he said, "But our sealing team have been killed by father and the others!"

Every time the sealing team ninjas rushed over, they would be killed by Minato and Tobirama. The speed of the two of them was too fast, so the others could not stop this from happening!

Tsunade said, "It doesn't matter. I have studied the method to break Impure World Reincarnation and how to seal them. The only problem is to control them…"

This was the most troublesome.

So far, they had only defeated Impure World Reincarnation once, and it was Nagato's Shinra Tensei(Almighty Push) who had defeated Tobirama once. Since then, they had never had this opportunity again.

It seemed that Kabuto also knew this secret and had only been fighting with them.

Just as the group of people was at their wits' end,

A voice appeared in their ears, "If you need a sealing technique, I have also studied some of Sunagakure's sealing techniques. Perhaps I can also try to help restrict their movements…"

It was Gaara and Terumi who rushed to the battlefield. Lee also appeared beside them.

After they rushed to the battlefield, they roughly learned the situation from the ignorant Konoha Ninjas on the periphery. At the same time, they also knew that Nagato and Konan were temporarily their allies.

To be honest, they were a little unable to accept it at the beginning.

It was a pity that when they saw Obito and a group of reincarnated ninjas suppressing Naruto, Nagato, and the others, they knew that this was not the time to fuss about it.

Even Nagato, a ninja who could suppress all of them by himself, fell into a disadvantage in this battle. There were even several times when he was surrounded and was in danger. It was clear that these enemies were ridiculously strong!

Now, they had to defeat their common enemy!

That was Kabuto's Impure World Reincarnation team and Obito, the cunning mastermind hiding behind the scenes.

When Naruto saw the arrival of reinforcements, he finally breathed a sigh of relief, "Now we finally don't have to be at a disadvantage in numbers…"

"No."

Tsunade's expression became ugly again.

Tsunade stared at Kabuto and said in a deep voice, "Over the years, Orochimaru must not have let go of collecting the bones of those powerful ninjas. I'm 100% sure he has a lot of them!"

To be honest, this battle seemed to have no hope.

At least for now, they had not seen the arrival of hope.

If they could seal one of Impure World Reincarnation's ninjas or if they could see the feasibility of breaking Impure World Reincarnation's ninjas, perhaps their morale would rise to the next level!

Now, it was as if they were just waiting for death!

Especially since Kabuto had too many trump cards in his hands, this guy could summon a powerful reincarnated ninja at any time. At least Tsunade knew that Kabuto had at least two powerful Impure World Reincarnation ninjas…

Sure enough.

When Kabuto saw Gaara and Terumi, he couldn't help but reveal a smile, "Really… Is there anyone else who wants to compete with Impure World Reincarnation's ninjas in terms of the number of reinforcements?"

No matter how many people there were, it was far from the number of dead people in this world. Especially in terms of the number of powerful ninjas, the collection that Kabuto had collected over the years was absolutely unimaginable to others.

In the next moment, Kabuto's eyes suddenly tightened!

Kabuto's hands quickly formed seals, and his two palms almost slapped the ground at the same time. He shouted in a low voice, "Kuchiyose!"

Two coffins floated out from Kabuto's front!

In one of the coffins, the Second Mizukage Hōzuki Gengetsu. The Fourth Kazekage Rasa came out of the other coffin!

When Sasori turned Rasa into a human puppet, a portion of his body was also taken over by Kabuto.

Second Mizukage Hōzuki Gengetsu faced Fifth Mizukage Terumi Mie.

Fourth Kazekage Rasa faced Fifth Kazekage Gaara.

It was another old-fashioned confrontation of father and son killing each other. Everyone present couldn't help but look ugly.

Tsunade slowly frowned and looked at the two Kage Level powerhouses in the distance. She couldn't help but clench her fists, "Is Orochimaru… playing with us?"

Whenever their reinforcements arrived, the enemy would send out new reinforcements. This was clearly playing with them!

That guy Orochimaru was really arrogant!

However, now that Orochimaru had grasped so many of Impure World Reincarnation ninjas, he indeed had the qualifications to be arrogant and conceited!

"Granny Tsunade."

Naruto stood out and stood in front of every one step by step. The golden chakra cloak draped over his body, huge chakra hands sprang out, and Rasengan appeared on it.

Naruto stared at the Impure World Reincarnation ninjas in front of him and said in a deep voice, "We have no way out now!"

Naruto looked at the faces of every one of the reincarnated ninjas and sensed the chakra in their bodies. He continued to say word by word, "In addition to defeating them and thwarting their conspiracy, we have no other choice!"

They would be waiting for death unless they handed over Nagato, who had the Rinnegan, and Kyuubi Jinchuriki Naruto.

It might even lead to the end of the world.

If the enemy's plot succeeded, the whole world would be doomed, and even Konoha would not be able to survive.

It was really ironic!

The enemy, who could have been called the life and death enemy, now became an ally and even an indispensable ally that had to protect each other.

"… Yes."

Tsunade looked at Nagato and Konan with a complicated expression. She slowly nodded and said in a deep voice, "We absolutely can not let these guys get the Rinnegan and Kyuubi. If they really use this to resurrect Madara… the consequences will be really unimaginable!

To be honest, compared to these guys, Madara, a legendary figure, is more threatening… Because I grew up listening to his legend since I was a child. He was someone who could really destroy a country by himself!

If it wasn't for the grandfather's desire for peace and refusal to provoke war, the entire ninja world might have been flattened by Madara! "

A cool breeze blew past.

Obito stood in front of many Impure World Reincarnation ninjas. He raised his palm and said coldly, "Get ready to start! Kabuto, quickly get rid of them and take the Rinnegan and Kyuubi Jinchuriki away!"

"Don't worry."

Kabuto stood at the back of the team, pushed up his glasses, and said with a chuckle, "Then let's start… make a big scene!"

The next moment!

Minato and Tobirama took the lead and rushed up from the two sides!

Guy and Obito directly rushed forward from the front. Gengetsu and Rasa followed closely behind. Mu stood above them and was in charge of providing support!

Kabuto stood at the back of the team, watching all of this with a smile on his face, "Go! Only by doing our best will we be able to obtain… the favor of the Lord!"

The battle once again began to become intense!

Without a doubt, Konoha and Nagato could no longer win. They could only rely on the threat of Nagato's Rinnegan and Black Stick to prevent these ninjas from rushing too crazily!

However, this only allowed them to defend successfully, and it was simply wishful thinking to break through the blockade and solve the reincarnated ninjas or even catch Kabuto!

Nagato was almost not stingy with his life and chakra in trying to kill Obito with all his strength, but two Flying Thunder God users always blocked him. Under the space-time technique, his attacks were almost useless!

"Shinra Tensei(Almighty Push)!"

Nagato's Shinra Tensei(Almighty Push) once again landed on empty space and sent the two Flying Thunder God users who appeared flying away. His forehead dripped with bean-sized sweat and panted heavily.

This time, he once again defended against the enemy's attack.

Unfortunately, his life energy was almost exhausted.

If he used a powerful technique again, perhaps his life would come to an end.

Obito seemed to have guessed this as well. His figure floated out from the ground, and a light flashed in his eyes, "Nagato, you have used the power of the Rinnegan too many times today. Your lifespan is almost exhausted!"

Obito slowly spread out his palm and advised softly, "It's useless. You can't defeat us… I had already researched a way to deal with the Rinnegan long ago when you just started studying the Rinnegan!"

"Bastard!"

Nagato gritted his teeth.

Paper after paper flew out of Konan's body. The paper slowly penetrated Obito's body and could not cause any harm to him at all. It could only float around Obito and wait for him to deactivate his virtual form…

Unfortunately, Obito did not give them any chance at all!

A devious smile appeared on Obito's face, "Actually, I'm only using myself to lure you guys… The real killing move is behind me!"

In the next moment, Obito's figure sank back into the ground.

Behind Obito, Minato's figure appeared. He held a Bijudama in his hand and pushed it towards Nagato!

Nagato's brain quickly searched for a way to solve the Bijudama, "Shinra Tensei(Almighty Push) is still in the cooldown period, the speed of Gakidō(Preta Path) absorbing chakra is too slow, Chikushōdō(Animal Path) has no time to summon…"

"Nagato!"

Konan's figure suddenly blocked in front of Nagato!

However, her body was just like a piece of paper, unable to withstand any impact. As long as Minato's Bijudama landed on her body, Konan would be seriously injured, and the possibility of her death was even higher!

"Konan!"

Nagato looked at this scene in disbelief!

Could it be that he would have to witness his other close friend die in battle personally after so many years? Unfortunately, everyone present had fallen into a bitter battle. It seemed that no one could save Konan under Minato's Bijudama!

Just as the Bijudama was about to land on Konan's body, a purple light shield appeared around Konan, blocking the attack for her!

The next moment.

A young ninja wearing a black robe with red clouds suddenly appeared beside Konan!

This young ninja grabbed Minato's wrist with one hand and kicked him. He kicked him out and solved this crisis!

"What's going on?"

After the young ninja finished speaking, he slowly turned around and stretched out his palm to caress the shocked Konan's hair. A complicated expression flashed across his face.

"Sensei, don't be afraid…"

Become a Patron to read chapters ahead of public release and support me :winking_face:

If you find any errors ( broken links, non-standard content, etc.. ), Please let us know report chapter so we can fix it as soon as possible.

Report chapter Comments

Chapter 302: Whenever We Overestimate Him, We Are Actually Underestimate Him

Chapter 302: Whenever We Overestimate Him, We Are Actually Underestimate Him

"Sensei, don't be afraid…"

This voice was like a warm ray of sunlight breaking through the darkness.

When Konan heard this familiar voice, she slowly raised her head and saw Uehara's face.

"Naraku…"

A name came out from the corner of Konan's lips.

"Yes."

Uehara stroked Konan's hair with his palm and comforted his teacher gently, "Konan-sensei, it's me."

The young ninja suddenly appeared and repelled the enemy. He reached out his hand and gently stroked the woman's light blue hair to calm her frightened emotions.

This scene was extremely heartwarming on the bitter battlefield.

When Konan saw Uehara, her brows immediately revealed a little distress and worry, "Naraku, why are you here?"

"I researched a space-time technique in private."

Uehara naturally used the Stand United skill. The effect of this skill was very simple and crude. As long as he found his teammates, he could provide them with a shield that could protect them from a fatal blow and teleport beside them.

Of course, he had to create a reasonable explanation at this time.

After all, no matter what, the effect of this skill was too overbearing.

Looking down at Konan's expression, Uehara slowly put down his palm and told a white lie, "This space-time technique is similar to a Summoning Technique. This technique requires a long time to find the chakra signature and lock it. When I finally find your chakra signature, I will first transfer my chakra to protect you, and at the same time, it provides me with a coordinate."

After saying this, Uehara looked at the somewhat dispirited Nagato and sighed, "After I received the news from Nagato-sama, I began to prepare this space-time technique inside the Country of Lightning. Fortunately, I caught up in time."

"Fortunately…"

Nagato slowly lowered his head.

His face was also full of relief after surviving a disaster.

Nagato and Konan were both glad and had a slight headache because they didn't want Uehara to get involved in these things. It was best to hide it.

However, Uehara had already rushed here with all his might. It was naturally impossible for him to abandon the two of them and leave with his personality.

"What's going on?"

Uehara frowned and looked at the ninjas. He said softly, "Forget it, Nagato-sama. I will take you out of here first. Kyuubi Jinchuriki can only wait for a chance in the future!"

"No."

Nagato said, "We won't capture a Jinchuriki again. We'll tell you everything after this battle's over. We're facing the common enemy as Konoha. Let's first beat back Obito, Kabuto, and the rest of the Reincarnated Ninjas!"

"Kabuto?"

The look in Uehara's eyes changed slightly. After a while, this surprise disappears. He sighed faintly and said, "It seems that Kabuto betrayed Akatsuki just like Orochimaru!"

Konan shook her head, and there was a touch of sadness in her eyes, "Kabuto is a spy sent by Orochimaru… They are allies with Obito, and they are here to seize Nagato's Rinnegan and Kyuubi of Konoha."

"Cough, cough, cough…"

Nagato violently coughed a few times. He looked up at Uehara and said, "I'm sorry, Uehara. I didn't expect to get you involved… We originally wanted to…"

"Nagato-sama."

Uehara shook his head and said with a determined gaze, "I am no longer the youth from the past. Moreover, you have protected me for a long time. Now, it is time for me to protect you."

At this moment, the complexion of Uehara was incomparably solemn.

Uehara suddenly turned around and faced all the enemies present the next moment. He suddenly clenched his fist, and a surging momentum erupted!

Everyone felt this surging momentum!

Everyone on the battlefield couldn't help but turn to look at Uehara.

Almost everyone couldn't help but grit their teeth when they saw him!

"Uehara…"

For the people of Konoha, it was this bastard who had been deceiving them, forcing them to be passive when facing Akatsuki. If Jiraiya had not risked his life to exchange for information, they would have been kept in the dark by him.

Unfortunately, this guy had now become their ally, at least their ally for now, and could be considered a powerful force that came to support, barely able to keep the current situation that was on the verge of collapse.

For Minato and the other Impure World Reincarnation ninjas, this bastard had been secretly controlling them and used their emotional bonds to force them to do many things that went against morality. Even now, he was still controlling them.

This guy controlled the hearts of people!

Without a doubt, if a list appeared in the hearts of these Impure World Reincarnation ninjas, then Uehara had already become the person they hated the most!

Uehara!

Uehara! Uehara!

The chakra on Minato's body also suddenly erupted, and his golden-colored chakra cloak swayed back and forth like an actual cloak. This was the sign of his chakra exploding to the extreme!

In Minato's right hand was a Flying Thunder God Kunai and a pitch-black Bijudama appeared in his left hand, then he took the initiative to attack Uehara!

"This is really a killing move!"

Uehara suddenly stretched out his palm and grabbed Minato's wrist. Then he turned around and kicked Minato in the chest!

"Flying Thunder God!"

Minato's Kunai was thrown behind Uehara. His figure instantly disappeared in front of Uehara. With the help of the mark of the Flying Thunder God in the Kunai, he appeared behind Uehara. He then turned around and was about to slap the Bijudama on Uehara's body!

Unexpectedly, something unexpected happened the next moment!

Uehara's body seemed to be a step faster!

In the next moment, Uehara's upper body suddenly fell down. His foot swept across the sky and kicked Minato's head at a great angle, sending the Fourth Hokage flying!

Minato's body flew backward and creating up a large amount of dust. The Bijudama in his hand also lost control and exploded beside him!

This Minato, who relied on the Flying Thunder God Technique and the Kurama mode to ravage the Konoha Ninjas, was defeated by Uehara in a second!

"So… so strong…"

A trace of astonishment flashed across Naruto's face. He stared at Uehara's movements, and a hint of shock flashed through his eyes, "It was only a single blow, and he was able to deal with Dad?"

"No."

Tsunade punched Guy and shook her head, "It should be said that it was only a temporary defeat! After all, Minato is Impure World Reincarnation, and that little brat Uehara only temporarily repelled his attack."

However, she still heaved a sigh of relief after she said this, "However, this little brat is indeed very strong!"

At least…

They had welcomed a strong ally!

In the distance, Minato's body which Bijudama's self-detonation had destroyed, gathered again. His face also became solemn. It was clear that he had been defeated by Uehara in an instant, which made Minato more vigilant against Uehara.

"Don't be careless, Sensei…"

Obito turned into a spatial vortex and appeared beside Minato. He said in a low voice, "Uehara is stronger than we imagined!"

"En."

Minato nodded his head, and his voice became a bit heavy, "This guy understands the Flying Thunder God very well and can keep up with my speed… then I can only use other methods to try!"

Minato suddenly closed his palm, and his chakra instantly expanded; his body instantly transformed into a huge golden demon fox. It was his tailed beast form!

Minato's voice came out from the golden demon fox's body. He said in a serious voice, "Then let me test his strength again!"

In the next moment, the huge Kyuubi rushed toward Uehara.

Uehara did not retreat but advanced instead. He also rushed in the direction of the golden Kyuubi!

The Kyuubi huge claw cut through the air and was about to land on Uehara's body, causing everyone to gasp involuntarily!

Only the next second.

Uehara's body rose up from the ground. After dodging Kyuubi's attack, he punched the head of this golden Kyuubi, sending this golden Kyuubi flying!

"This guy…"

Tsunade's expression couldn't help but change. She looked at Uehara, who punched the golden Kyuubi and whispered, "Does he also use Chakra Enhanced Strength?"

"No, it's pure physical skills."

Impure World Reincarnation Guy shook his head and continued to fight while commenting on Uehara's battle, "During the Chunin Exam, I once fought with Kitahara Naraku-dono. His strength is completely comparable to the state of me opening the seventh gate!"

After saying this, Guy suddenly kicked Tsunade and Lee away and rushed towards Uehara, "To meet such an enemy like Kitahara Naraku-dono, it really makes me want to burn my youth!"

The chakra in Guy's body also suddenly burst out!

Unfortunately, there was no blood in Impure World Reincarnation's body. He could only helplessly open the Seventh Gate – Gate of Wonder and kick at Uehara!

However, Guy flew back at an even faster speed!

He was far from being a match for Uehara in his current state.

"Thank you, Guy-san."

Uehara stretched out his palm in the direction of Guy. A chain flashed between the two of them. At this moment, Uehara had already used Hijack to steal Guy's technique.

Many people on the battlefield had seen this move before.

When Obito saw this scene, he loudly reminded, "Be careful! Uehara used the ability to steal other people's techniques. He stole Guy's technique!"

But it was already too late for Obito to remind them.

Uehara looked at the golden Kyuubi in the distance. He suddenly stretched out his fist and punched out, "Hirudora(Daytime Tiger)!"

An air pressure turned into a white tiger. It roared and rushed in the direction of the golden Kyuubi. The air pressure of this white tiger far surpassed the power of Guy Hirudora(Daytime Tiger)!

Hirudora(Daytime Tiger)'s shock wave instantly swept through everything in front of it!

No one had expected that the Hirudora(Daytime Tiger) that Uehara used was far more powerful than Guy's technique!

In the next moment, this Hirudora(Daytime Tiger) fiercely bit the golden Kyuubi, directly sending this Kyuubi flying again. It was even unable to maintain his transformation!

Finally, this golden Kyuubi chakra was completely scattered!

Minato looked at this scene in disbelief, and a touch of shock flashed across his face. His face was unprecedentedly ugly.

Kabuto stood next to Minato and slowly pushed up his glasses. He looked at Uehara in the distance, and a trace of light flashed in his eyes.

"Whether it is strength, speed, or chakra; no matter if it is ninjutsu, genjutsu or taijutsu technique, there is absolutely no flaw in his body."

Kabuto looked at Uehara and sighed softly, "Every time we think that we have overestimated him, we are actually underestimating him…"

Become a Patron to read chapters ahead of public release and support me :winking_face:

If you find any errors ( broken links, non-standard content, etc.. ), Please let us know report chapter so we can fix it as soon as possible.

Report chapter Comments

Chapter 303: The Man Who Kicked a Bijudama Flying!

Chapter 303: The Man Who Kicked a Bijudama Flying!

Someone blew up Minato!

Just now, when Minato showed his invincible posture on the battlefield, no matter if it were Nagato, Naruto, or Tsunade, they could not do anything to him…

Now, he was beaten up by Uehara!

Everyone present originally thought that Uehara's arrival was only to allow Naruto, Nagato, and the others to hold on for a while and not collapse. They could have more time to find the enemy's flaws and weaknesses.

However, they did not expect that Uehara would be able to defeat Minato in his Kurama mode just by relying on his physical strength.

"That guy is still so strong…"

Naruto looked at Uehara, who sent the golden Kyuubi flying with a shocked expression. Then, he directly used Hirudora(Daytime Tiger) to crush Minato's Kurama Mode.

"Because Uehara is hardworking enough."

A light flashed in Nagato's eyes. He gradually lowered his head and said in a low voice, "As long as a person works hard enough, he will definitely be rewarded. Now he can shoulder some responsibility."

At this moment, Nagato decided in his heart.

If it were before, he was still a little worried about Konan and Uehara, but now he was completely relieved.

Konan looked at the surging chakra and the powerful strength displayed by Uehara, and her eyebrows gradually eased up.

After seeing Uehara's strength, these people reluctantly breathed a sigh of relief.

However, the expressions of Obito, Minato, and others were somewhat ugly. Just when Uehara rushed towards them again, Tobirama's figure suddenly appeared beside Minato!

The next moment, this Second Hokage suddenly closed his fingers and quickly made a few simple hand seals!

"Suiton, Suiryūdan no Jutsu(Water Release: Water Dragon Bullet Technique)!"

A monstrous wave swept over, transforming into a water dragon that blocked Uehara's path. This water dragon roared violently, opening its mouth and rushing towards Uehara!

"You want to use water ninjutsu against me?"

Uehara suddenly stretched out his finger, quickly forming a messy hand seal, and an even larger water dragon rolled out from the ground!

The two water dragons instantly collided with each other!

The chakra within the water dragons gradually ran out, and water splashed all over the sky as if a rainstorm was falling from the sky!

However, Uehara once again raised his finger, and those water drops that fell from the sky floated up into the air, and all of them turned into water needles!

In terms of water ninjutsu control, no one in the entire world was stronger than him, even Second Hokage Tobirama!

In the next moment, countless water needles covered Minato and the others!

One by one, water needles shot down like Senbon!

"Suiton, Suijinchū(Water Release: Water Formation Pillar)!"

Tobirama suddenly closed his palm. A wave of water rolled out from under his feet, surrounding him, Minato, and Obito to form a circular water curtain and block the water needles that were coming at them!

Minato looked at the water barrier surrounding them, and a hint of admiration flashed across his face, "As expected of Second Hokage-sama. His attainments in water ninjutsu are really terrifying. He can actually release this kind of unique water ninjutsu."

"No, his water ninjutsu is stronger."

Tobirama shook his head with a gloomy expression and said in a low voice, "That kid is far more skilled in water ninjutsu than other people. Even I have to admit that he is an extremely talented water ninjutsu user ninja. He must also be better at cracking water ninjutsu!"

Sure enough.

In the next moment, Uehara flipped his palm!

A huge red fireball appeared in his palm and shot towards the direction of the water barrier!

Just when everyone was surprised that the fireballs would be stopped by the water barrier, the next moment, the water barrier created by Tobirama suddenly turned into steam.

It was quickly evaporated!

This was not ordinary fire ninjutsu!

This was simply another terrifying technique!

Minato watched as the water turned into steam and dissipated. A hint of surprise flashed across his face, and he could not help but frown, "Scorch Release… Is this Sunagakure Pakura's Bloodline Limit?"

Minato had also seen her ability as a ninja who had fought in the Ninja war. Unfortunately, Pakura had died in the third Ninja war, and from then on, the Scorch Release Bloodline Limit had disappeared.

He never expected that Uehara could actually get a lost Bloodline Limit like Scorch Release. This kind of Bloodline Limit was a complete restraint for Water Release!

When they thought it was over, they saw Uehara slowly raise his finger. That steam turned into a vortex and instantly surrounded the three of them!

"This is… Boil Release?"

Obito's figure quietly entered his virtual state. He watched as the high-temperature steam gradually destroyed Minato and Tobirama's bodies. A red light flashed in his eyes!

In the next moment, Obito stretched out his palm and sucked the steam into his Kamui space!

"That's right!"

Minato's body slowly recovered, and the shock in his eyes became even greater, "He should have synthesized two types of Bloodline Limit… This guy is even more terrifying than I imagined!"

"Yes, or even more."

Obito slowly nodded. He glanced at the calm and composed Uehara in the distance and lowered his voice, "This guy once manipulated me to reveal the information about his successful synthesis of Bloodline Limit. He mentioned that he already had his own original Bloodline Limit. Obviously, the ordinary Bloodline Limit would never satisfy him."

"No matter how many types of Bloodline Limit there are in his body…"

Tobirama quickly closed his palm and whispered, "In front of him, regular ninjutsu is already useless… Well, anyway, we never expected to rely on this ordinary ninjutsu to defeat him."

The three ninjas who were skilled in space-time technique looked at each other.

Tobirama only used two water ninjutsu, but he was completely suppressed by Uehara, which proved that water ninjutsu was ineffective.

As for fire ninjutsu…

It was definitely useless.

Because Uehara was very good at using water ninjutsu to restrain fire ninjutsu.

"Let's attack together!"

Minato held a Kunai in his hand again. He nodded to them after looking at the two people on his left and right. The three of them rushed towards Uehara at the same time!

So far, as long as the three of them, who were skilled in space-time technique attacked together, no one would be a match for them because no one would be able to detect who would use the space-time technique to attack!

"I'll go first!"

Minato raised his hand and threw out a Shuriken. He quickly closed his palm and shouted in a low voice, "First, interfere with the enemy's line of sight! Shuriken Kage Bunshin no Jutsu(Shuriken Shadow Clone Technique)!"

The next moment, countless Shuriken appeared in front of Uehara, densely shooting towards him!

Fūton, Daitoppa(Wind Release: Great Breakthrough)!

Uehara raised his finger, and a gust of wind blew wildly from his side, directly blowing the countless Shuriken clones into smoke!

Minato and Tobirama rushed up against the wind, and almost at the same time, they appeared on both sides of Uehara, holding their two Kunai and stabbing at his side!

Uehara grabbed Tobirama's arm with one hand and was about to smash him on Minato's body, wanting to send the two of them flying with one move!

"Got you!"

Tobirama glanced at Minato, and a light flashed in front of their eyes at the same time. They said in unison, "Use that move!"

"Hiraishin Goshun Mawashi no Jutsu (Flying Thunder God Mutually Instantaneous Revolving Technique)!"

The two figures moved at the same time!

Tobirama looked at his arm that was grabbed by Uehara and suddenly launched Flying Thunder God, bringing Uehara to appear at Minato's position!

Minato then appeared in Tobirama's former position!

At this moment, they formed an excellent attacking angle. Minato held a Bijudama in his hand and smashed it down on Uehara's back!

This time, it was definitely Uehara in crisis!

They believed that no matter how fast Uehara was, he couldn't react at this moment and dodge their carefully planned attack!

Unfortunately, the next moment, Uehara stared at the Bijudama and slightly curled the corners of his mouth, then he suddenly kicked the Bijudama away!

After that, Bijudama was kicked to the ground by Uehara; it instantly detonated a large area of the surrounding land, leaving a deep pit on the ground!

"What a joke!"

The expressions of everyone present almost changed at the same time.

How could there be someone in this world who could kick away Bijudama? That kind of thing that could explode at the touch could also be directly kicked away by someone?

So far, the way to deal with Bijudama had always been to use powerful defensive ninjutsu to resist or collide with another Bijudama.

How could someone kick Bijudama away?

Uehara took advantage of the time when Minato and Tobirama were shocked and used his elbow to send the two people flying!

After Uehara carelessly yawned, a mysterious smile appeared on his face. He said, "What an interesting battle… I was almost defeated by the two of you!"

"…"

What he said was too fake!

Uehara's words could not be trusted!

Just looking at how he easily kicked Bijudama away and how he was still so casual, it showed that he was sure that he would be fine.

Minato's body gradually began to recover under the effect of Impure World Reincarnation. A hint of horror flashed on his face, "Kicking Bijudama away with his foot is really an amazing solution…"

"No…"

Uehara slowly spread out his palm and muttered, "Compared to what I really want to kick away, Bijudama is really not that strong…"

Yes, it was indeed not strong.

Become a Patron to read chapters ahead of public release and support me :winking_face:

If you find any errors ( broken links, non-standard content, etc.. ), Please let us know report chapter so we can fix it as soon as possible.

Report chapter Comments

Chapter 304: Should We Be Thankful That Uehara Has Become Our Teammate Again...

Chapter 304: Should We Be Thankful That Uehara Has Become Our Teammate Again…

"An unimaginable power."

There was a faint light in Kabuto's glasses.

When Kabuto saw Uehara kick Bijudama away with his handsome kick and easily defeated Tobirama and Minato, he was like a god playing a game, casually watching the enemy recover on the field…

Kabuto's mood was beyond excited!

Was there anyone in this world who was stronger than Uehara?

The stronger the power Uehara displayed, didn't it just prove that it was right for him to choose to side with Uehara?

The only downside was that this superior was too fancy.

Kabuto wanted to stand next to Uehara as a loyal subordinate instead of opposing him. This was too much psychological pressure for him!

"Let's continue!"

After Minato recovered, he glanced at Tobirama beside him and then at Obito, who had been afraid to make a move.

"Yes."

Tobirama nodded and glanced at Minato. He said in a deep voice, "Next, let me be the main attacker! Fourth Hokage, Uchiha Clan evil little brat, the two of you will be on the side to support me!"

Tobirama also knew what Obito had done, so his way of addressing Obito was impolite. If not because Uehara they were facing was a strong enemy, Tobirama even wanted to get rid of Obito.

"Alright."

Minato nodded.

"… Okay."

Obito's face turned black under the mask, but Uehara's threat was even greater, forcing him to suppress his dissatisfaction with Tobirama.

At this moment, Obito also understood why the Uchiha Clan could not get along peacefully with Konoha. The root of the disease was with Tobirama, this bastard!

After the three of them made a simple plan for each other, they rushed again in Uehara's direction!

"Really…"

Uehara twisted his wrist and looked at the three figures who were rushing toward him in rapid teleportation. He sighed faintly, and his voice was so low that it could not be heard, "You prisoners who are bound by chains, have you forgotten whose hands the chains are in?"

He was the one who controlled Minato and the others!

No matter what plans the three of them had, they would never be able to hide it from Uehara, who was controlling them! However, it seemed like they were also aware of this, so most of their plans were rather sloppy, and it all depended on their performance in the battle!

"Come!"

Uehara also rushed towards them, his body leaving afterimages on the ground, and then he suddenly soared into the air, throwing a punch down from the sky!

The three figures on the ground each used their own technique to retreat. They had seen Uehara send Kyuubi flying with a single punch, so they did not dare to take Uehara's fist head-on!

The ground was directly smashed into a huge deep pit by Uehara!

Obito's body turned into a virtual state. After watching the impact of the fist penetrate his body, he snorted coldly and plunged a wooden thorn into the ground!

The next moment, Obito coldly stared at Uehara and suddenly raised his finger, "Humph… Mokuton, Sashiki no Jutsu (Wood Release: Cutting Technique)!"

Wooden thorns rose from the ground!

The sneak attack this time was too sudden. No one could avoid the attacks of these wooden thorns. Even if Uehara's physical skills were powerful, he would be unable to dodge due to the strong inertia after landing!

Uehara, however, suddenly released a circular ring of fire from his fist without changing his expression, instantly burning all the wooden thorns into ashes!

"Is this all you can do?"

Uehara said coldly. After ignoring Obito's threat, he continued to meet Minato and Tobirama.

As long as Obito dares to release his virtual state to attack,

He would definitely become the target of Uehara's attack. Moreover, he would not dare to put Uehara into Kamui's space…

"Bastard…"

Obito gritted his teeth and watched as Uehara walked out of the deep pit. He suddenly realized that he seemed unable to do anything in this battle…

This feeling… was really not good.

On the other side.

After Minato and Tobirama fought again, the cooperation between the two of them had obviously become much more coordinated. The Flying Thunder God Mark they left on each other made them change their positions at will.

Even so, it was still dangerous in the battle with Uehara!

Because no matter how fast Tobirama or Minato was, they could not compare to Uehara's ability to seize the opportunity!

This guy, Uehara's taijutsu, was too tyrannical!

Minato's figure flew around, occasionally waving around Uehara with Kunai or a Bijudama. Still, it was only used to threaten Uehara, forcing Uehara to kick his Bijudama or Kunai to slow down his attack.

"Are you joking me?"

Uehara waved his hand to grab Minato's neck, but it fell on empty space. However, he did not care at all. He just turned around and kicked again!

This kick directly hit Minato's neck, directly smashing Fourth Hokage to the ground, and Uehara took advantage of the momentum to step on his chest!

"Now!"

A bright light flashed in Tobirama's eyes.

Flying Thunder God Mutually Instantaneous Revolving Technique (Hiraishin Goshun Mawashi no Jutsu)!

In the next moment, Tobirama and Minato changed their positions at the same time, and Tobirama's figure appeared at Uehara's feet!

Tobirama reached out and grabbed Uehara's ankle. Explosive tags floated out of Tobirama's body and stuck tightly to Uehara!

"Do you want to use Mutually Multiplying Explosive Tags Technique?"

Uehara lowered his head and looked at the explosive tags stuck on his legs. His face revealed an intriguing smile, "I thought you would have something new…"

"No need. It's fine as long as it's simple."

Tobirama's eyes tightened slightly, and he said in a low voice, "Since you have learned this technique, you should know the power of this technique! And this technique is the most suitable technique to cooperate with Impure World Reincarnation!"

"Really…"

Uehara rubbed his forehead, and a ball of lightning suddenly burst out from his body, destroying all the explosive tags stuck on his leg!

"Well, your effort is pointless. "

Uehara bent down and punched Tobirama, smashing him into pieces. In the next moment, his figure appeared next to Minato again!

Just as this Fourth Hokage condensed a Bijudama and wanted to continue the battle, he was pressed down by Uehara in a few moves!

This Bijudama was directly pressed against Minato's body by Uehara!

Rumble!

An earth-shattering sound echoed across the battlefield!

Uehara slowly walked out of the smoke. Behind him, Minato and Tobirama were still slowly recovering. It was clear that the two of them had lost again and again.

"Should we be rejoicing?"

Tsunade watched as Tobirama and Minato were easily defeated by Uehara again, showing everyone his fighting strength that could definitely be called a monster!

A complicated look flashed across Tsunade's face, "Now… should we be glad that this little brat Uehara has become our comrade?"

"Perhaps…"

Gaara controlled the sand cushion to float to Tsunade's side. His expression was not particularly good, "This bastard's acting is really good! Two months ago, when this guy fought with us, he still looked like he couldn't fight back!"

To be honest, Gaara was really speechless!

Now, facing the siege of Second and Fourth Hokage, Uehara directly defeated the two of them with a strong posture and even seemed to be at ease.

Then what about a few months ago?

Damn it, what was this bastard doing a few months ago!

A few months ago, this bastard, was formulating and implementing a plan to encircle the members of the Akatsuki organization with several of their Kage-level characters. The few of them encountered the obstruction of Second Hokage and Second Mizukage.

What was Uehara's performance at that time?

In the face of Second Hokage Tobirama's powerful water ninjutsu, Uehara fought with all his might, which made the Kage-level character of several Big Countries Great Ninja Village present a little embarrassed…

At that time, everyone's hearts were pure.

Whether it was Tsunade, Terumi, or Gaara, they all thought that Uehara had tried his best and would not give up until he broke through Second Hokage's obstruction.

Even if Uehara was Amegakure's ninja, the three of them were still a little touched by Uehara's desperate resistance.

Now, it seemed that Uehara's acting skills were really good back then.

They couldn't see any flaws when he was drawing water!

"Sorry."

After coughing a few times, Nagato covered his lips and said, "Everything that Uehara did to you at that time was because of us…"

"Forget it."

Tsunade waved her hand and sighed, "If we ignore what he did as a member of Akatsuki's organization, we really just hope that he can stay as Amegakure Ninja. After all, he was indeed a good person when he was active as an Amegakure Ninja…"

"…"

Gaara was silent for a while.

A moment later, Gaara nodded and sighed, "If I didn't know that guy destroyed Sunagakure, maybe I really wanted to be his friend."

Although Uehara was very vicious and often criticized the actions of their Big Country Great Ninja Village, but after removing those politics, Uehara also liked to help others.

In a sense, if Uehara were not a member of Akatsuki's organization, they would definitely treat him as a friend sincerely.

Even Naruto could not help but lower his head and whisper, "Back then, when Uehara was still our friend. It was indeed a happy thing…"

Naruto paused and scratched the back of his head. He said, "But it's not bad now! At least Uehara has become our comrade-in-arms again. We will return to the past sooner or later…"

Gaara shook his head in dissatisfaction. After all, he had a deep hatred for Uehara, "Even if we are facing a common enemy now, I will still suspect that these Akatsuki guys are still deliberately deceiving us."

After Gaara said this, he continued in a deep voice, "Maybe they are deliberately acting to gain our trust. In the future, they will even take away Kyuubi from Naruto's body…"

"Don't worry."

After shaking his head, Nagato looked at Uehara in the distance and said softly, "When this battle is over, I will give you a suitable answer."

"I hope so!"

Gaara frowned and looked at Nagato.

After saying that, Gaara urged the sand cushion under his feet to rise into the air, bringing him to another battlefield. It was Rasa, who had broken away from him and was chasing him again.

Although Uehara's combat strength was very strong, there was still no progress in their current battle situation because they had not found a way to break the Impure World Reincarnation technique.

However, they at least saw a glimmer of hope.

Tsunade looked at the process of Tobirama and Minato recovering their bodies and said in a deep voice, "The more serious the damage to Impure World Reincarnation ninja body, the longer their recovery time will be. We can take advantage of this time to seal them…"

"En."

Nagato nodded his head and used his chakra to condense two black sticks slowly and threw them at Tsunade, "Hokage-dono, go and give these to Uehara. These black sticks can stop the chakra movement; maybe it can help…"

"…"

Tsunade turned around and looked at Nagato. She frowned and said, "Can your body still hold on? I feel that your aura is a little weak…"

"It doesn't matter."

Nagato shook his head and looked at Konan, standing beside him. He then forced a smile on his face, "Don't worry. I will hold on until I finish what I need to do…"

"…"

Tsunade fell silent.

On the battlefield.

Uehara no longer paid attention to Minato and Tobirama, who were still recovering. His eyes slowly moved and finally stopped on Kabuto.

At this moment, his meaning was very clear.

"Kabuto, it's your turn."

Become a Patron to read chapters ahead of public release and support me :winking_face:

If you find any errors ( broken links, non-standard content, etc.. ), Please let us know report chapter so we can fix it as soon as possible.

Report chapter Comments

Chapter 305: Tsunade Who Accepted Uehara Again

Chapter 305: Tsunade Who Accepted Uehara Again

When Uehara rushed toward Kabuto, two sounds of air breaking could be heard!

Two black sticks instantly fell on Minato and Tobirama, temporarily imprisoning their movements!

"Hey, little brat, I'm here to help you!"

Tsunade stood next to Uehara and said in a deep voice, "Nagato made those two black sticks. They should be able to imprison them temporarily…"

"…"

This woman was really worthy of being Sakura's teacher!

Whenever Uehara wanted to do something, they would come over to "help" him to do something bad…

Uehara just wanted to have a good fight and let Kabuto, his subordinate, experience his own strength. In the end, Tsunade came to him to compete with his acting skills.

Unfortunately, he couldn't care about it now.

Uehara glanced at Tsunade and then looked at Minato and Tobirama, who were temporarily imprisoned. He sighed and said, "Nagato-sama can only condense two black sticks?"

"Well…"

Tsunade nodded and said with a complicated expression, "His breath is getting weaker and weaker… This is his last strength."

Although Nagato had hurt Konoha too much, this guy was still the victim of their Konoha traitor, not to mention that he was still trying to pay for his mistake.

Speaking of Nagato, Tsunade's mood was really complicated.

Of course, facing Uehara, Tsunade's mood was even more complicated.

"Understood."

Uehara looked at Tsunade and nodded. He said in a deep voice, "Then please leave this place and help me protect Nagato-sama! Leave this place to me!"

Uehara paused and continued in a low voice, "If you are here, I will be distracted to protect you. They will use you as a breakthrough point!

Right now, they are relying on Impure World Reincarnation's immortal body. They will inevitably have some impulse in the battle…"

Uehara glanced at Minato and Tobirama, who were temporarily confined by the black stick, and said in a low voice, "What's more, it will be very difficult to control them if there are only two black sticks…"

"What?"

Tsunade turned her head!

Sure enough, Minato and Tobirama, who had recovered their bodies, broke through the restrain of the black sticks. If they wanted to imprison them, the number of black sticks was far from enough!

To control the perfect Jinchuriki Minato and Tobirama, who have strong chakra, they needed at least seven or eight black sticks to restrain all their chakra points!

Sure enough, the next moment, Tobirama and Minato appeared next to Tsunade, and each holding the kunai to cut her body!

"Be careful!"

Uehara flew forward and grabbed Tsunade's arm. He pulled her out of danger and kicked Tobirama and Minato away!

Fortunately, Uehara made his move in time and saved Tsunade.

After they got rid of the crisis, Tsunade heaved a sigh of relief and lowered her head, "Little brat, thank you."

"There is no need to say this."

Uehara's face suddenly became serious, and he whispered to Tsunade, "Hokage-dono, quickly leave this place…"

"Then what should you do?"

Tsunade frowned and asked, "Although you can still defeat them now, Impure World Reincarnation won't die… If this goes on…"

"I don't know."

Uehara glanced at Konan and Nagato in the distance, then turned to Kabuto and whispered, "Perhaps after I solve this problem with Kabuto, I might be able to get these people out of Impure World Reincarnation control…"

"It won't."

Tsunade shook her head and looked at all the ninjas present. She whispered, "Kabuto is just a chess piece on the surface. Orochimaru is the one who controls everything behind the scenes!"

Uehara, "Someone has to try it!"

After saying this,

A smile appeared on Uehara's face, "This is a problem that we have caused. Let us deal with it! Regardless of whether it is Orochimaru or Kabuto, we have to try at least!"

"…"

Tsunade's face suddenly became very complicated.

On such a big battlefield, not many people could help.

These people had actually fought for too long, and it was not easy for them to delay a few Impure World Reincarnation.

Especially Naruto, Gaara, and Terumi, they had fought with Pain, Konan, and Nagato, and now they were fighting against Impure World Reincarnation ninjas.

They worked hard on the other side of the battlefield, so Minato, Obito, Kabuto, and the others could only be handed over to Uehara.

Tsunade's mood was extremely complicated.

These members of Akatsuki were really hateful and pitiful!

These guys were manipulated behind the scenes into making big mistakes, and they had to use their lives to make up for these mistakes.

Nagato was like this, and so was Uehara.

Under Uehara's continuous urging, Tsunade could only choose to leave the area so as not to delay Uehara's battle. She also had to go and give treatment support everywhere.

"Oh right, Tsunade-sama."

Uehara fought against Minato and Tobirama, and after defeating the two guys again, he shouted at Tsunade, "In a while, I will launch a fierce attack on Kabuto and attract him to send the other Impure World Reincarnation Ninja to protect himself…"

Uehara looked at Tsunade and continued, "If Hokage-sama still has strength left, treat Mizukage-sama, Kazekage-sama, and Naruto as soon as possible and let them rest for a while… At least that way, we can have a few rotations, so we don't end up with anything to fight back. "

"…"

Tsunade was silent again.

This meant that Uehara was putting all the pressure on him.

After a while, Tsunade nodded.

Because what Uehara said was also the problem that Tsunade was worried about.

Once they lost all their combat power, they would only be at the mercy of others.

Now that Uehara had proposed this plan, it was undoubtedly very beneficial for the entire battle. However, this was very dangerous for him.

He might die in front of so many Kage-level characters if Uehara was careless.

Unfortunately, there was no other way. At least compared to other people, Uehara's physical strength and combat strength were still the most intact. The only thing Tsunade could do was help the others recover and replace Uehara as soon as possible.

"Okay, I got it."

After Tsunade said this, she stared at Uehara and said in a deep voice, "Hey, little brat, don't die here so easily… After this battle ends, we will talk and calculate the things you lied to me!"

"…"

A smile appeared on Uehara's face at the right time.

Sure enough, his plan was still moving forward according to the established track.

Although Tsunade was still talking about the matter that Uehara hid, in fact, from the moment she hoped that Uehara could survive, he could see that this woman had accepted him again.

"Okay."

Uehara took a deep look at Tsunade and nodded seriously.

Uehara and Tsunade looked at each other. On this battlefield, they had completely forgotten all their past grudges.

At least, this was what Tsunade thought.

Therefore, when Tsunade returned, her attitude towards Nagato clearly softened a lot. After all, the successors of Akatsuki's organization were working hard here…

A touch of green chakra appeared on Tsunade's palm and fell on Nagato's shoulder, helping him heal and trying to restore Nagato's physical strength.

"Tsunade-dono."

When Nagato saw Tsunade treating him, he coughed and shook his head, "Don't waste chakra on me. The Rinnegan burden is too great. I can only slowly recover my chakra. Please leave your medical technique on the more precious person!"

"… I got it."

Tsunade was silent for a moment, and her palm fell from Nagato's shoulder. She continued in a low voice, "Right, that little fellow Uehara is planning to launch a fierce attack to attract attention. He is going to temporarily release Mizukage and the others to rest and fight against these enemies of Impure World Reincarnation…"

"Is Uehara going to shoulder our responsibility again…"

Nagato lowered his head and coughed a few times, "Do we still have no way to deal with Impure World Reincarnation ninjas?"

"There is no better way for now."

Tsunade sighed and continued softly, "The Sealing Team ninjas in the village have all been killed by Second Grandpa and Fourth Hokage. Your Black Stick is effective, but it can only restrain them for a few seconds…"

"I see…"

Nagato slowly lowered his head.

The arrival of Uehara eased their crisis, but it had not really solved the trouble of Impure World Reincarnation. It meant that the war had to continue.

Gengetsu completely suppressed Terumi. Even if Terumi has a double Bloodline Limit, she still did not have the upper hand in the battle.

Gaara, on the other hand, had the upper hand. In the face of Rasa, this father, Gaara could even suppress him a little!

However, Gaara's chakra was on the verge of exhaustion, while Rasa possessed unlimited chakra, so Gaara could only barely delay;

Naruto was still fighting with Second Tsuchikage;

Lee was still pestering Guy;

Konan was still on guard against the elusive Obito;

Looking at the entire battlefield, there were almost disadvantages everywhere. Perhaps it was because Uehara had just participated in the battle, he still had a lot of physical strength and chakra, and he was still maintaining his own strength!

Uehara once again defeated Tobirama and Minato and walked towards Kabuto step by step, "The battle between us can begin… Kabuto!"

"…"

Kabuto's expression changed slightly.

The next moment, Kabuto regained his calm. He slowly pushed up his glasses and looked at Uehara's actions. He moved his lips discreetly.

"Yes, My Lord."

Become a Patron to read chapters ahead of public release and support me :winking_face:

If you find any errors ( broken links, non-standard content, etc.. ), Please let us know report chapter so we can fix it as soon as possible.

Report chapter Comments

Chapter 306: No One Knows Water Ninjutsu Better Than Me

Chapter 306: No One Knows Water Ninjutsu Better Than Me

In the face of Uehara's challenge, Kabuto definitely did not dare to refuse.

Even if Kabuto knew that he was no match for him, at least he had to resist and show his strength and value to his superior.

Kabuto's eyes stared closely at Uehara's movements and slowly closed his fingers. His eyes revealed a touch of splendor in the next moment, indicating that he had entered Ryuchi Cave Sage Mode and was fully prepared.

Unfortunately, in Kabuto's line of sight.

Uehara's palm once again caught Minato, who was rushing over. He punched Minato heavily and smashed this Fourth Hokage into fragments!

This scene made Kabuto a little panicked.

Kabuto couldn't help but lick his lips. Looking at Uehara, who was walking towards him step by step in the distance, his voice became a little depressed.

"I hope I won't lose too ugly…"

Just as Kabuto finished speaking, he saw Uehara's palm suddenly reach out and grab Tobirama, who was using the Flying Thunder God to attack!

Uehara grabbed Tobirama's throat and smashed his knee into Tobirama's chest, instantly shattering Second Hokage's body!

"Hehe…"

After seeing this scene, a bitter smile appeared on Kabuto's face, "Why do I feel that something is wrong? Am I not good enough?"

Uehara will not treat him the same as the Impure World Reincarnation ninjas, right. He is now flesh and blood.

Unless he uses Kamui's Sharingan…

However, Kamui's Sharingan was not a threat to Uehara. He still had ways to crack Kamui. Moreover, Obito was still here. So Kabuto could not easily expose his ability in front of Konoha ninjas.

Coincidentally, a spatial vortex appeared beside Kabuto at this time. Obito's figure quietly appeared and brought Uehara's instructions, "Kabuto, I am looking forward to your Sage Mode. Don't disappoint me."

"…"

Kabuto shook his head speechlessly.

This word of anticipation was really frightening.

Even Ryuchi Cave White Snake Sage had already admitted that he was no match for Naraku-sama. What could his Sage Mode do?

It was really incomprehensible!

If Kabuto remembered correctly, Uehara was also very good at Sage Mode. It was a new Sage Mode that even White Snake Sage had personally praised. Could it be that defeating Ryuchi Cave Sage Mode proved his strength?

Of course not.

Well, there was also a part of the reason.

Uehara mainly wanted to improve his Sage Mode. After obtaining Orochimaru's curse seal, he received Sage Mode's first stage.

During the Chunin Exam, Uehara obtained the second stage when he broke Jiraiya's Mount Myoboku Sage Mode.

Later on, Uehara obtained a Sage Mode third upgrade reward from the advancement mission to defeat the five Kage-level ninjas.

However, his Sage Mode had a total of four stages.

According to the situation, he only needed to defeat the Ryuchi Cave Sage Mode and should be able to obtain the Sage Mode final stage!

According to Uehara's judgment. After using Sage mode, in addition to his physical fitness, he would get an overall enhancement and a new ability… This ability was very likely to be another trump card for him to defeat a Six Path level enemy in the future!

It seems like he has a lot of trump cards…

But other than Hashirama, who would complain that he had too many cards?

"This is really the most troublesome battle…"

Kabuto stared at Uehara, who was getting closer and closer. His fingers slowly rose up in front of his chest. He started to control the ninjas under his technique again!

In the next moment, Guy, Second Mizukage Gengetsu, Second Tsuchikage Mu, and Fourth Kazekage Rasa, who were under his control, quickly withdrew!

These Ninjas stood in front of Kabuto one by one.

A light flashed through Kabuto's glasses, and the corners of his mouth slowly curved up. His voice was so low that it was almost imperceptible, "Since you appeared in front of these people as a savior, let me help you… become a real savior!"

As a qualified subordinate, how can he be unsatisfactory!

Moreover, Kabuto himself also wanted to see how strong Uehara could be!

"Everyone…"

A trace of seriousness flashed across Kabuto's face. He watched as Uehara walked over and whispered, "Try to stop him as much as possible! I hope that your strength will let me see the apex of this world!"

"Then let me go first!"

Gengetsu raised his fingers and circulated the chakra within his body. He took the lead to launch an attack towards Uehara, who was approaching step by step!

Kabuto secretly nodded his head.

It seemed that among the Impure World Reincarnation under his control, only Gengetsu did not seem to be defeated by Uehara. Should he be able to persist until Second Hokage and Fourth Hokage's Impure World Reincarnation body recovered again?

"Mizudeppō no Jutsu (Water Gun Technique)!"

Gengetsu's fingers were like a pistol, and a splash flew out from his fingertips, shooting towards Uehara's head like a bullet!

Gengetsu's mustache trembled, and he revealed an evil smile, "Hmph, just one attack is enough to pierce through the enemy's head…"

Whoosh!

A wave suddenly swept out from the ground, drowning out the Mizudeppō no Jutsu (Water Gun Technique). The speed at which this wave appeared was too fast!

Even Gengetsu was a little surprised. His eyebrows could not help but furrow, "Can the Mizudeppō no Jutsu (Water Gun Technique) be stopped at this distance…"

"Really…"

Uehara held his forehead with one hand and raised his finger at Gengetsu, "There will always be people who are unwilling to give up. When will you understand that using Water Ninjutsu in front of me is ineffective…"

In the next moment, that wave suddenly began to split into drops of water. Uehara flipped his palm again, and tiny lightning appeared within the water droplets, and then these lightning bolts disappeared!

Uehara made a gesture of shooting. The countless water droplets were like bullets, and with the support of Lightning Chakra, they shot towards Gengetsu at high speed!

Uehara watched as countless water droplets shot towards Gengetsu and casually waved his palm, "The kindness for a water drop is reciprocated by a spring… There is no need to be too polite!"

"Bastard, is that the way the word is used?"

Gengetsu almost wanted to pull out his mustache.

He only shot a water bullet at Uehara, and Uehara directly gave back several thousand water bullets. This guy's water ninjutsu was indeed terrifying!

"Hmph…"

Gengetsu's body instantly turned into liquid. Their Hozuki clan's Hydrification technique can resist all physical attacks!

After Gengetsu allowed the water bullets to enter his body, he suddenly felt that something was wrong with his body!

"Wait… Your Mizudeppō no Jutsu (Water Gun Technique)…"

Before Gengetsu could finish speaking, countless tiny bolts of lightning appeared on his body, making him unable to maintain his Hydrification state!

A burst of crisp and numbing electric current spread throughout his body!

"Oh, I forgot to tell you."

Uehara glanced at Gengetsu and shook his fingers, "I added some lightning chakra inside. This matter should not be too difficult for you, right?"

"… Hmph!"

Gengetsu's beard trembled. He stared at Uehara's figure and revealed a confident smile, "Of course… It won't! Water Release: Oilization!"

In the next moment, Gengetsu's entire body turned into oil!

This Second Mizukage used his own method to find a way to avoid the restraining effect of lightning ninjutsu in his Hydrification Technique. After all of it turned into oil, he became even more flexible!

"Jōki Bōi (Steaming Danger Tyranny)!"

A fat clone appeared on the battlefield!

This fat clone was created by Gengetsu using water and oil. The outside was oil, and the inside was water. This clone could be used to fight, but it could also turn the water inside into steam and detonate!

Once the steam-exploded, it would become a disaster!

For example, Second Tsuchikage was injured by the steam explosion, so his entire body was covered in bandages.

"Suirō no Jutsu (Water Prison Technique)!"

The moment this clone appeared, it was directly imprisoned by Uehara using the Water Prison Technique!

In the next moment, Uehara suddenly clenched his fists. He controlled the water in the water prison to tighten, crushing Gengetsu's fat clone!

"Mizu Fūsen no Jutsu (Water Balloon Technique)!"

Gengetsu snapped his fingers. At this moment, he seemed to be even more satisfied than Uehara, as if he was the one who controlled the battle!

It had to be said that other than Mangetsu, the other ninjas in Hozuki's clan seemed to be quite proud… Maybe Mangetsu also had this problem, but he had never shown it in front of Uehara.

After Gengetsu snapped his fingers, bubbles appeared around Gengetsu. These bubbles floated in the air and slowly flew toward Uehara!

These bubbles could explode at any time!

"How many times do I have to say it…"

Uehara glanced at Gengetsu and imitated him. He also snapped his fingers, "No one in the whole world is better at water ninjutsu than me! No matter if you are Second Hokage or Second Mizukage, there is no difference in front of me… "

Dense bubbles fell from the sky and instantly drowned Gengetsu. A continuous explosion sound echoed on the battlefield!

Gengetsu's body was directly blown into pieces!

Even Tobirama and Minato, who had just recovered, were affected by this!

"Who else?"

Uehara looked at Kabuto, as well as the few Impure World Reincarnation Ninjas in front of him. Guy, Mu, and Rasa…

Yes, all of the remaining ones were defeated by him once.

"Let's attack together!"

Kabuto pushed up his glasses.

In the next moment, Guy, Mu, and Rasa split up and attacked Uehara from different directions!

Rasa controlled his gold dust to roll up from the ground and sweep towards Uehara. The gold dust that covered the sky was like a mountain pressing down!

Guy swung his fist at Uehara from the flank, sending out an air pressure, which converged into the appearance of a white tiger. It was his currently strongest technique, Hirudora(Daytime Tiger)!

Mu appeared above Uehara. He closed his hands and gathered a white light to shoot at Uehara. Dust Release: Detachment of the Primitive World Technique was activated!

When these attacks gathered together, it was enough to form a deadly attack!

No matter who it was, they would never dare to underestimate this level of encirclement!

Uehara looked at the incoming attack and stared at the serious Kabuto. The corners of his mouth slowly curled up, "Kabuto, if that's the case, there's no way you can stop me…"

Become a Patron to read chapters ahead of public release and support me :winking_face:

If you find any errors ( broken links, non-standard content, etc.. ), Please let us know report chapter so we can fix it as soon as possible.

Report chapter Comments

Chapter 307: Is It Finally Over?

Chapter 307: Is It Finally Over?

Dust Release's light was the first to arrive!

However, when this light that could split anyone into atoms fell on Uehara, it did not cause Uehara's body to split apart at all!

No, it was not that there was no division.

Uehara stretched out his palm, and an even more dazzling white light was emitted from his hand. It directly smashed through Dust Release's white light and shattered Second Tsuchikage's body!

In the next moment, Uehara kicked the Hirudora(Daytime Tiger) who was rushing at him into the air. He turned his body and smashed the sand gold that Rasa manipulated!

In an instant, this attack that could threaten anyone was resolved by Uehara. The speed at which Uehara solved the crisis was so fast that even Kabuto, the initiator, was vaguely shocked!

"Did he steal Dust Release with his ninjutsu stealing technique?"

Kabuto's eyes had been staring at all of Uehara's movements. After shaking his head, he whispered to himself, "No, he didn't steal Dust Release, I didn't see him use his ability to steal technique at all. That means…"

Kabuto's face suddenly relaxed. He looked at Uehara and revealed a mysterious smile, "Sure enough… Did he combine earth, wind, and fire attributes chakra to create Dust Release Bloodline Limit?"

Kabuto took a deep breath and looked at Uehara, who fought Guy with a calm face. He said, "Not only that, he even used his own body to defeat Guy-san's Hirudora(Daytime Tiger)… Compared to this, the punch that defeated Fourth Kazekage sand gold is not worth mentioning. "

"Smart."

After praising Kabuto, Uehara grabbed Guy by the throat with one hand and threw Guy at Rasa, and the two of them flew out together!

The next moment, Uehara rushed towards Kabuto without hesitation!

"Senpō, Muki Tensei (Sage Art: Inorganic Reincarnation)!"

Kabuto did not hesitate and form a hand seal!

A stone wall instantly appeared on the ground. Tiny thorns appeared on the wall to block Uehara's charge, and even surrounded him!

However, in the next moment, Uehara smashed the stone wall in front of him with a punch and rushed towards Kabuto again!

"This is too troublesome!"

Kabuto gritted his teeth and opened his mouth to spit out a white light at Uehara, "Senpō, Hakugeki no Jutsu (Sage Art: White Rage Technique)!"

This light was so dazzling that it made people involuntarily close their eyes!

There was a sudden vibration in the air, and this vibration was getting bigger and bigger, and it even kept shaking people's bones!

However, Uehara ignored all the injuries caused by this technique and rushed to Kabuto's side. He then rubbed his wrist and said, "You have become stronger! Your technique can actually hurt my body. Kabuto, I haven't been injured for a long time…"

"…"

Kabuto's expression changed.

Although you are the boss, are you talking in human language?

This was a Sage technique that he worked so hard for, and White Snake Sage had once praised it as a technique that could display sound techniques to the extreme!

Kabuto sighed faintly and looked at Uehara, who was standing in front of him. This ninja, who could be said to be the strongest in physical skills, stood in front of him, only a few dozen centimeters away from him…

At this time, what else could he say?

Kabuto stretched out his finger and gently pushed the glasses on his nose. He said, "Can you be gentler? Don't break my glasses. After all, this was left to me by the dean…"

"Of course."

Uehara slammed his fist into Kabuto's lower abdomen!

Kabuto only felt a great force spread out from his lower abdomen, and a mouthful of blood involuntarily sprayed out from his mouth!

This attack, even Sage's mode could not resist!

The next moment, Kabuto's figure involuntarily flew out, and his body drew an arc in the air.

He then fell heavily to the ground.

"It's done."

Uehara looked at his system panel and finally breathed a sigh of relief. This time, his harvest in Konoha was really not small. It was enough for him to have enough strength to deal with what would happen in the future.

[Side Mission: Defeat Ryuchi Cave Sage Mode(1/1).]

[Mission completed.]

[Reward: Sage Mode upgraded to the fourth form.]

[Sage mode: When the value of natural energy and chakra energy is the same, you can enter a new combat mode through synthesizing the two energy and creating a Sage chakra. Currently in its fourth form of Ascension(Ultimate form). ]

[The Fourth Form of Ascension(Ultimate form): Chakra automatically converts into Sage Chakra. All skills cooldown is reduced by 100%; life energy is increased by 1000%; life energy recovery rate is increased by 1000%; Sage chakra recovery rate is increased by 1000%; skill chakra consumption is reduced by 70% when using Sage chakra to release skill. ]

[Note: When Sage mode uses physical attack is accompanied by a flame wave. After hitting the enemy, the damage will be converted to true damage, which cannot be defended. ]

Was this the ultimate form of his Sage Mode?

Uehara slowly breathed a sigh of relief. He could directly increase his life energy by ten times and all sorts of recovery rates. He should be able to face a Six Path level enemy now, right?

At the very least, he shouldn't be too disadvantaged in terms of physical skills…

Of course, Uehara still had another trump card.

This was because he had defeated the golden Kyuubi after Uehara entered the battlefield. He had obtained the last component of Truth-Seeking Ball.

[Side Mission: Defeat Yin Kyuubi(1/1)]

[Mission completed.]

[Reward: Passive innate skill — Yin Power. ]

[Yin Power: Able to freely control Yin Attribute Chakra, use Yin Released Ninjutsu at will, able to control imagination and creating form out of nothingness. This is one of the components of Truth-Seeking Ball. ]

[Yin–Yang Release(Passive): Able to freely control Yin–Yang Release Ninjutsu by combining Yin and Yang Power. Creating form out of nothingness and then giving the form life. At the same time, it can also use Yin–Yang Release to restrict the flow of the enemy's chakra and life force. ]

[Truth-Seeking Ball(Active): A technique composed of Yin–Yang Release with the foundation of all attributes chakra, and sage chakra, it can destroy and negate ninjutsu. Anyone who doesn't have the power of six paths will turn into nothingness after touching it.

Truth-Seeking Ball can only be touched by ninjas who have the power of six paths. Each of Truth-Seeking Ball's creations will consume 100,000 Sage chakra. The skill has no cooldown time; at most, there will be six Truth-Seeking Ball at the same time.]

100,000 Sage chakra can create one Truth-Seeking Ball…

If it was only chakra, it was still okay. After all, there were ways to recover, but natural energy extraction was fixed. There was a limit to the fusion of sage chakra, and it can only rely on the body recovery speed.

According to the current chakra calculation of Uehara, he can barely condense four Truth-Seeking Ball; this was impossible to solve…

However, after Uehara activated Sage Mode, the recovery speed of his Sage Chakra was around 2,000 points per second. In less than a minute, he could condense a Truth-Seeking Ball.

The next moment, Uehara raised his finger and controlled Obito to appear beside Kabuto. He instructed in a low voice, "Next, we will have a life and death battle. Then, you can retreat…"

"…"

Kabuto raised his head speechlessly.

A single punch had defeated him!

What else could he end up in a life and death battle?

"Alright."

Uehara still held up his fingers and continued to speak using Obito's body in a low voice, "Don't worry about it. I'm guessing that Nagato-sama will definitely cast Reincarnation;

Let's fight again and think of a way to keep Guy here. Then, you can retreat in the name of being heavily injured."

It was almost absolute for Nagato to use Reincarnation.

Because according to Uehara's arrangements, the current Nagato must have planned to use his own life to make up for his mistakes, especially when Jiraiya died in his hands…

This was also good.

Let Nagato use his own life to repay the favor he owed back then.

After Nagato died, Uehara would begin to prepare to deal with stronger enemies.

Now that Uehara had obtained Truth-Seeking Ball and obtained the final form of his Sage Mode, his strength was about to reach the limit. It was time for Orochimaru to appear.

Moreover, Uehara will personally control Orochimaru to become the first Six Paths level ninja and then try to hammer Orochimaru half to death to complete his advancement mission…

This guy Orochimaru always wants to be a coward for a lifetime in exchange for longevity, which was not in line with his identity as Konoha Sannin!

It was better to let him be a hero for a while and then die.

"… Yes."

In the face of Uehara's order, Kabuto could only helplessly agree.

Uehara looked at Kabuto and continued in a soft voice, "After Nagato-sama casts Reincarnation, I will send Minato and Obito to appear again and take away Nagato-sama's body. After you remove the Rinnegan, help me preserve his body, or you can help me cast Impure World Reincarnation on him.

When Orochimaru obtains the Rinnegan in the future, I will go and coax Black Zetsu to help me see if he can let Orochimaru resurrect Nagato-sama together when he revives Madara."

"… Understood."

Kabuto pushed up his glasses.

This superior's arrangement was really linked layer by layer!

In this way, there seemed to be no loopholes in everything. He just felt that Orochimaru-sama was a little pitiful.

Orochimaru has not appeared yet…

Uehara had already arranged how to die for him.

"You can start now."

Uehara slowly loosened his fingers and clenched his fist again. The chakra around his body gradually began to riot!

In the next moment, countless Impure World Reincarnation ninjas swarmed toward Uehara!

Everyone on the battlefield saw Uehara's figure rushing left and right, constantly dodging the technique and attacks that were flying everywhere. He was still trying to hold on under the siege of a group of Impure World Reincarnation enemies!

No, or rather, he was still looking for an opportunity to counterattack!

"I'll go help Uehara-senpai!"

Naruto once again entered Nine-tailed Mode and was about to rush to the center of the battlefield to meet the enemy with Uehara because he was the only one who recovered the fastest and did not feel tired at all.

"Wait, Naruto…"

After coughing a few times, Nagato condensed a Black Stick and handed it over to Naruto, "With this, I can at least help a little…"

"Okay!"

Naruto nodded, took the black stick that Nagato handed over, and immediately rushed into the battlefield direction. The appearance of Naruto happened to create an opportunity for the plan of Kabuto and Uehara.

Under the control of Kabuto, Guy rushed towards Naruto, and the two of them almost began to fight head-on!

"Chōōdama Rasengan (Ultra-Big Ball Rasengan)!"

Naruto manipulated his chakra to create an Ultra-Big Ball Rasengan to defeat Guy, and then he inserted the black stick in his hand into Guy!

At the same time, Uehara also opened up a gap.

Uehara's figure almost broke through all the defenses, and he punched Kabuto, "If you dare to betray Akatsuki, you have to pay the price you deserve…"

Kabuto, "…"

In the next moment, just as Uehara was about to continue attacking and kill Kabuto, Obito appeared beside him!

A spatial vortex suddenly appeared and sucked Kabuto into his Kamui space, saving his life!

"All of you, retreat."

Obito coldly swept his gaze over everyone around him, then glanced at Uehara and Naruto. He coldly said, "Naruto, Uehara, you won't be so lucky next time… Next time, I will let you see the most terrifying enemy in this world!"

A red light flashed in Obito's eyes, "When you see true strength, you will know that there is a big gap in this world, just like the moon in the sky and the stones on the ground…"

"Next time…"

Naruto narrowed his eyes and said coldly, "Next time, it will be Madara who is standing behind you, right?"

Naruto already knew.

Madara was still hiding behind Obito.

Obito did not answer. He only sneered and said, "Hmph, I only said that there would be a next time. As for the next time, you will see your own luck!"

Obito had just finished speaking.

Minato suddenly threw a black and purple Bijudama in Naruto's direction!

"Be careful!"

Uehara instantly appeared in front of Naruto and sent the Bijudama flying with a punch. He watched as the Bijudama exploded in the distance, causing a large amount of dust to fly into the air!

By the time they came back to their senses, all the other reincarnated ninjas on the battlefield had already slipped away under Obito's lead…

No, there was one more.

That was Guy, who had been suppressed by Naruto with his black stick all this time.

"Phew… Is it finally over?"

After sizing up the battlefield, Uehara heaved a sigh of relief. His entire body seemed to be on the verge of collapsing on the ground.

Naruto hurriedly stretched out his arm to support Uehara's body and hurriedly said, "Hey, Uehara, are you alright? Those guys have already retreated…"

"I'm fine."

Uehara shook his head.

Become a Patron to read chapters ahead of public release and support me :winking_face:

If you find any errors ( broken links, non-standard content, etc.. ), Please let us know report chapter so we can fix it as soon as possible.

Report chapter Comments

Chapter 308: Uehara Naraku With a Bit of a Grumpy Temper

Chapter 308: Uehara Naraku With a Bit of a Grumpy Temper

Naruto stared at Uehara's slightly trembling fingers. This was clearly a symptom of mental tension.

A hint of surprise appeared on Naruto's face, "Just now, I was still trying hard to fight, but I didn't see your nervousness at all…"

"I have a reason to persevere."

Uehara clenched his fists and said tiredly, "If I don't hold on, what will happen to Nagato-sama and Konan-sensei? Just like you are protecting Konoha, I have to protect them."

"…"

There was a flash of admiration in Naruto's eyes.

Naruto sighed and looked at the devastated battlefield, "This war is finally over…"

"Yes."

Uehara nodded.

For the others, this war had already ended.

For Uehara, the real war had just begun.

Since Obito and Kabuto had retreated, the relationship between Konoha, Sunagakure, Kirigakure, and Akatsuki had collapsed. Therefore, Konoha, Suna, and Kiri Ninjas did not withdraw. Instead, they rushed over like a tide.

Because Akatsuki had captured Sunagakure and Kirigakure Jinchuriki, he even destroyed Sunagakure and Kirigakure and causing heavy losses to the two villages. Not to mention that Nagato's Six Paths of Pain had also killed a large number of Konoha Ninjas.

These were all scars.

It was impossible to erase them so easily.

They were still enemies a few hours ago!

"We have some information to ask."

Tsunade slowly stood up and looked at Nagato, Konan, and Uehara. She said in a deep voice, "This is very likely to affect the safety of the Ninja World and the fact that you have destroyed Sunagakure and Kirigakure. We must…"

"Do you want to judge us?"

Uehara stood in front of Nagato and slowly clenched his fist. He looked into Tsunade's eyes and said, "In this world, no one is qualified to judge us! Since I can destroy Sunagakure and Kirigakure, I can also destroy Konohagakure!"

"Uehara, don't be so excited; I didn't mean that!"

Tsunade frowned and said, "If we kill each other, the only ones who will benefit are Orochimaru and Obito!"

"Then make way!"

Uehara stretched out his left hand and clenched his fist; he then said in a deep voice, "My strength is stronger than yours, so make way for me!"

"Don't be too arrogant!"

A Konoha Ninja cursed loudly, "You Akatsuki killed so many of our companions; how can we let this go!"

"That's right!"

"You have to pay with our lives for our companions!"

"I think it's easier to send you all to accompany them!"

Uehara's gaze was fixed on the few Konoha Ninjas. They were so scared that their faces turned pale as they took a few steps back. A sinister smile appeared on his face, "Why don't I send you all to accompany them now!"

"Uehara!"

Naruto could not help but have a worried look on his face. He hurriedly blocked Uehara's line of sight, then looked at Tsunade and whispered, "Granny Tsunade, now is not the time to quarrel…"

To be honest, now Naruto hoped to solve it peacefully.

Because Naruto believed that since the matter had been solved, the Akatsuki organization would not destroy the Ninja World from now on. Then they should temporarily face the crisis of Obito and Madara. After all, Nagato and Konan were also Jiraiya's disciples.

The most important thing right now was to settle the dispute peacefully.

Gaara shook his head and stood beside them. He said in a low voice, "Although I don't want to fuss too much about it at this time, I must give an explanation to the Ninjas in the village for Sunagakure's matter being destroyed by Akatsuki…"

"It's the same for Kirigakure."

Terumi stared at Uehara and said in a deep voice, "Although I don't want to fuss about it."

"But whether it is Kirigakure being destroyed, Sanbi being captured, Mangetsu and all the Seven Ninja Swordsmen betrayed…"

Terumi really had no choice.

Kirigakure was simply unable to accept it.

"Is your brain also full of water?"

Uehara's words directly made Terumi and Gaara a little confused. The next moment, Uehara's words directly provoked their anger, "With a little bit of strength, you find a strong person to reason with, aren't you afraid of being beaten to death by me?"

"I destroyed Sunagakure and returned the body of Sunagakure, Fifth Kazekage. Isn't this a favor bestowed to Sunagakure? If I had known earlier, I should have directly destroyed the entire Sunagakure and killed all of Sunagakure's people…"

"Uehara…"

Konan could not help but tug at Uehara's sleeve.

Nagato also looked at Uehara with a pale face. He coughed a few times and said, "Uehara, don't be so ruthless…"

Nagato also did not want to start a war.

As a person who tried his best to eliminate his mistakes in the past, Nagato really did not want to see any more disputes between Uehara and the other villages. He only hoped that Uehara could protect himself and Konan.

Uehara stood in front of Nagato and waved his hand to block Konan, who wanted to appear behind him. He said with a cold face, "I was the one who destroyed Sunagakure and Kirigakure. If you want to find trouble, then come! Know your strength!"

Uehara looked at Terumi and Gaara and whispered, "In order to protect Nagato-sama and Konan-sensei, I don't care even if I become enemies with this world. Moreover, I am very strong now!"

His declaration was loud and clear.

Uehara suddenly closed his palm and swept his gaze over the ninjas, who had a face full of hatred towards them. He said in a low voice, "After doing some things for the first time, I don't care about doing it for the second time. You can't even hurt my fingers. I can't deal with Obito without you guys…"

"…"

When Terumi heard this, she was about to die from anger!

To be honest, Terumi really wanted to fight Uehara to the death at this moment. This guy was really too insulting!

"That's good."

Uehara looked at Terumi and said softly, "However, since you want it, I will chase the seven ninja swordsmen in Akatsuki's organization back as long as you are willing to beg me. They are quite strong. They are quite powerful and should be able to kill all the current Kirigakure higher-ups…"

"Bastard!"

Terumi's expression was extremely ugly.

If those traitors returned to the Country of Water, it was really possible that they could kill all the current Kirigakure higher-ups. How could Uehara, this bastard, have such a bad character!

He was clearly fine when they met before…

Now, this guy had completely revealed his true colors!

So this bastard was originally an absolute villain?

Fortunately, someone came out to help Terumi.

Tsunade stood next to Terumi and said in a low voice, "If strength can decide everything, then you are unprecedentedly weak now! Moreover, Nagato has admitted the mistake that Akatsuki made. Why are you not willing to accept the consequences of making mistakes?"

"If you think we are weak, then come and try!"

Uehara narrowed his eyes and looked at the people who had become vigilant. He said in a low voice, "Moreover, even if Nagato-sama made a mistake, I will be able to correct his mistakes sooner or later!"

The chakra in Uehara's body gradually erupted. He stared at Tsunade and said, "Now, if you dare to humiliate us, then I will make you remember what Akatsuki's true terror is like!"

"Uehara…"

Konan stretched out her palm and tugged at Uehara's sleeve. A trace of worry appeared on her face. She looked at the student whose face was covered in a dark shade and said in a low voice, "Let's… Don't be like this… alright? The war is over. Your appearance will make people feel very uncomfortable…"

"…"

Uehara fell silent.

Uehara could refute anyone's persuasion.

Only Konan's plea was something that Uehara could not refuse.

This woman, who had once protected him with a strong and resolute attitude, was now begging him to stop his temper for the time being.

After Tsunade noticed this scene, she sighed and said, "Let's not argue at this time. The most important thing now is to discuss how to deal with the threat of Obito and Madara. I will not interrogate you…"

Tsunade looked at Uehara and whispered, "But what we need most is Obito and Madara's information. I think you are also very worried about the threat of Madara and Obito to you…"

"That guy!"

Uehara frowned and said in a deep voice, "Yes, but I want to take Nagato-sama and Konan-sensei home first…

If you want to know information about Obito and the others, go to Amegakure and find me! Don't bring any bad-tempered people, because my temper is not good either! "

"…"

Tsunade fell silent.

Everyone on the battlefield didn't move.

Naruto looked at them hesitantly. He didn't know what to say. Everyone present didn't want to leave. They didn't dare to challenge Uehara alone, but they didn't want to retreat.

"Ha…" and

Uehara let out a cold laugh. His fingers gradually gathered together, and he said in a low voice, "It seems that this world still needs to use fists to talk…"

"Uehara…"

Nagato interrupted Uehara. He coughed a few times and forced himself to say, "There's no need to say anymore. It was my own mistake. I will make up for it myself… I will definitely not forgive myself for killing Jiraiya-sensei."

"Nagato-sama!"

"Nagato…"

Uehara and Konan could not help but turn to look at Nagato at the same time.

Konan frowned and looked very nervous. Obviously, she did not want to see what would happen next.

Nagato shook his head and waved his hand to stop them from trying to persuade him. She whispered, "This is my own decision. At least I want to correct my mistake."

After saying that, Nagato looked up at Tsunade and said, "Hokage-dono, find a way to gather all the people who died in this war!

If the ninjas who died in Kirigakure and Sunagakure were to be sent over as well, including those who the reincarnated ninjas killed, I could use the Rinnegan to resurrect them… "

The people killed by Six Paths of Pain, Nagato could use Jigokudō(Hell Path) to find their souls.

However, the ninjas killed by Impure World Reincarnation's enemies must ensure that their bodies are intact and see their faces to communicate with their souls.

"What?"

Tsunade frowned and shook her head, "If it is like Impure World Reincarnation resurrection, then…"

"No, it is a real resurrection."

Nagato interrupted Tsunade and continued, "The power of Rinnegan can communicate with the Pure Land and bring the souls of the dead back, then give them the power of life."

"How is this possible…"

Tsunade's face was full of disbelief.

But the next moment, Tsunade seemed to think of something. She looked at Nagato and hesitantly said, "If you revive them, then your life…"

"Please hurry up!"

Nagato glanced at Tsunade and urged her in a low voice. He then continued, "This is a life exchange in itself. My life actually can't hold on for too long. Let me use my last strength to correct my mistakes!"

Become a Patron to read chapters ahead of public release and support me :winking_face:

If you find any errors ( broken links, non-standard content, etc.. ), Please let us know report chapter so we can fix it as soon as possible.

Report chapter Comments

Chapter 309: Bastard, It's Orochimaru Again!

Chapter 309: Bastard, It's Orochimaru Again!

Konoha Ninja moved very quickly.

All the corpses of the people who died in battle were moved over.

The scouts who died in battle after Pain's invasion until the end and all of the ninjas who the reincarnated ninjas killed were all sent to Nagato.

These corpses were densely spread on the ground. Just by a rough look, there were more than a thousand people and made one's scalp tingle. The bodies of Jiraiya and Kakashi were impressively among them.

"Almost all of them are here."

Tsunade stood beside Nagato and said in a low voice, "There are still some people whose bodies have not been completed, and they can't even find some parts of their bodies…"

Those people might have been directly shattered by the powerful technique or the violent explosion. If the bodies were not completed, they would naturally be unable to be resurrected by reincarnation.

Unless someone helped them use Impure World Reincarnation to repair their body…

Unfortunately, this kind of thing was obviously impossible. Only Guy was the lucky person.

Konan stood behind Nagato and whispered, "Nagato… have you really decided to do this? Uehara seems to be a little uncomfortable…"

"… I see."

Nagato nodded and turned to look at Konan. He lowered his head and said, "It doesn't matter. I have arranged everything… Konan, I have something to tell Uehara in private. Can you help me call him over?"

"Okay."

Konan nodded gently.

This was the last period of Nagato's life. What he was going to say next was definitely his last words in his life. At least for Nagato himself.

When Uehara walked over, Konan left.

Nagato looked at Uehara and sighed, "It looks like that twelve-year-old kid has really grown up a lot. He can already protect us…"

"It's good that you know."

Uehara's expression was a little ugly.

Nagato looked at Uehara's expression, and his face gradually became serious. He suddenly said, "Uehara, after I die, don't let someone resurrect me again…"

"…"

Uehara's heart trembled.

At this moment, he couldn't help but look at Nagato, as if he had seen through everything he had arranged.

"Do you really think so?"

Nagato frowned. He was just testing Uehara just now. He didn't expect that this little guy really wanted to resurrect him!

Nagato walked over and patted Uehara on the shoulder. He whispered, "Uehara, my death is not just to resurrect Jiraiya-sensei, but also to correct the mistakes I made by Obito and the others…

You want to resurrect me with Rinnegan, right? I understand your emotions but don't kill an innocent person because of me. It may even be your own life. That is what I don't want to see."

Because Nagato had once thought of reviving Yahiko.

Unfortunately, he understood that this idea was wrong at that time. Even if he resurrected Yahiko, he could not change this wrong world. In the end, Yahiko and Konan might not be able to live peacefully in this world.

"Oh, dying once can be considered an atonement."

Uehara nodded seriously.

Uehara approved of Nagato's words very much. He absolutely could not kill an innocent person just because he wanted to resurrect one person. Fortunately, the person responsible for resurrecting Nagato in the future was not innocent.

In this world, who would say that Orochimaru was innocent?

Orochimaru had the blood of innocent people in his hands. If anyone dared to say that Orochimaru was innocent, Uehara would also let him die very innocently.

Moreover, whether Orochimaru's life would be lost or not was still a matter!

"Alright."

Nagato stood on his tiptoes, wanting to rub Uehara's hair like he did in the past.

Unfortunately, Uehara had grown so much over the years that Nagato could only pat his shoulder.

Nagato stared at Uehara and whispered, "I've said it before, and now it's just you and Konan. As a man, don't let your Sensei worry too much. You have to protect Konan well, remember?"

"Don't worry."

Uehara nodded solemnly.

Even if Nagato didn't mention this, Uehara would definitely protect Konan. Moreover, he had prepared enough protection facilities for Konan.

In the future, even if Madara were resurrected, it would be impossible for him to harm Konan!

"I believe that you will definitely do it."

Nagato looked at Uehara, and his voice gradually became a little low, "Then, Konan, Amegakure, and Akatsuki will all be handed over to you in the future."

"… Yes."

Uehara's face turned a little dark.

The two of them did not speak too much. Or rather, what they should have said before, they had already said a lot over the years. The topic was too heavy before the separation of life and death, and it was not suitable for the two of them to get along.

After Nagato finished his last words, he slowly raised his hand to form a hand seal. He then closed his eyes and clasped both his palm, then said slowly in a lowered voice…

"Gedō, Rinne Tensei no Jutsu (Outer Path: Samsara of Heavenly Life Technique)."

In the next moment, a ray of light flashed in his Rinnegan.

A huge King of Hell's head appeared on the ground. This King of Hell slowly opened his mouth, and countless rays of green light shot out from his mouth!

These were the souls of the dead!

The souls of these dead people were thrown into their bodies one by one. The injuries on their bodies were almost healed quickly, and their bodies gradually recovered their vitality.

The first person to be resurrected had appeared!

It was actually Guy whose body and soul were both presents!

When he was resurrected using the Rinnegan, the broken mark on his face disappeared without a trace, and he was also released from Impure World Reincarnation control.

The second person to be resurrected was Kakashi.

Kakashi slowly opened his eyes. He could not believe that he had returned to the world of the living because he had been chatting with his father on the way to the Pure Land a moment ago…

After experiencing life and death this time, the knot in Kakashi's heart was suddenly opened up, and the complaints about his father since he was a child disappeared without a trace. He would never complain about his father again.

"From now on, we will never be able to meet again?"

Kakashi was still a little disappointed because he missed his father a little after he separated from his father's soul.

Someone heard his desire to see his father.

After seeing Kakashi sit up, Uehara slowly raised his finger and quietly informed Kabuto, "Kakashi is resurrected… You go and try to resurrect Sakumo using Impure World Reincarnation! Let the two meet again!"

"…"

Kabuto had no choice but to accept this order.

To be honest, Kabuto felt that they had gathered a lot of father-son bonds, such as Minato and Naruto, Kakashi and Sakumo, Rasa and Gaara…

This was really a great villain!

As the dead revived one by one, every ninja could not help but rush over to hug their resurrected friends and relatives, rejoicing that they met again.

The most important person among them slowly opened his eyes.

Jiraiya.

Everyone could not help but watch Jiraiya's tall figure stand up again. Naruto and Tsunade held their tears and refused to let them fall.

"What is going on?"

After Jiraiya gradually woke up, his eyes slowly moved. He looked around at the noisy environment and finally stopped on Naruto and Nagato.

"Ero sennin!"

Naruto stood beside him and explained in a low voice, "It was Nagato-senpai who used his own life and the power of the Rinnegan to revive you…"

"…"

Jiraiya's expression became ugly.

As a teacher, he would never want to see his student pay the price of his life to revive him. What he wanted more was that his student was safe and sound.

The next moment, Jiraiya walked up to Nagato in a few steps. He squatted down and looked at his student, who had a weak expression on his face. His originally ugly expression immediately became somewhat pitiful.

"Nagato…"

"Sensei."

Nagato calmly shook his head and weakly said, "It is not too late for a person to correct his mistakes before he dies, right?"

"This is not your fault."

Jiraiya stared into Nagato's eyes and said in a deep voice, "Hurry up and tell me. Is there any other way to reverse all of this?"

"…"

Unfortunately, Nagato no longer had the strength to answer.

After using Rinne Rebirth, Nagato was already dead for sure. Moreover, he was already very weak, and the reincarnation ninjutsu naturally exhausted his life.

"The Gedō, Rinne Tensei no Jutsu (Outer Path: Samsara of Heavenly Life Technique can not be reversed."

Konan's eyes slowly lowered. Looking at Nagato, who was slowly lowering his head, she suppressed her sadness and lowered her head, "Sensei, all of this was voluntarily done by Nagato. Killing Sensei has always been the thing he regrets the most…"

"But I never blamed him…"

Jiraiya's eyes twitched, suppressing his sorrow.

The man in his fifties slowly stretched out his palm and watched Nagato's hair turn white. The sadness in his eyes could not be suppressed.

He hoped that he would die and his student could survive if possible. This was the real inheritance.

Jiraiya stretched out his palm and slowly put his student on the ground, tidying up his clothes.

One by one, the Konoha Ninjas slowly gathered around and quietly lowered their heads, praying for this ninja who had given his life.

After the short ceremony ended.

Jiraiya slowly raised his head and looked at his other student. He said in a low voice, "Konan, what are you going to do next?"

Konan looked at Uehara, who was alone in the distance, and said softly, "Uehara and I will bring Nagato and Yahiko's bodies back to Amegakure…"

"How about Akatsuki?"

"Uehara and I will leave Akatsuki."

After a moment of silence, Konan continued to say, "However, this matter depends on Uehara's decision. Perhaps we will re-make Akatsuki into an organization to mediate the war…"

"Those rebels may not agree, right?"

"If they do not agree…"

Konan lowered her head and said softly, "They should be chased out. Uehara and I are strong enough. The only problem is Nagato's Rinnegan."

"…"

Jiraiya fell silent.

To be honest, he really wanted to destroy this pair of Rinnegan.

No matter who the eye fell into the hands of, it would cause big trouble because everyone saw its power; whether its various magical abilities or the reincarnation, it was shocking enough.

Just as they were thinking, a gloomy voice suddenly entered their ears, "Let me handle the matter of the Rinnegan for you!"

A Flying Thunder God Kunai stabbed into the side of Nagato's corpse.

In the next moment, Minato's figure suddenly appeared. His palm immediately grabbed Nagato's corpse, and he used the Flying Thunder God Technique to disappear in front of everyone!

"Bastard, it's Orochimaru again!"

Become a Patron to read chapters ahead of public release and support me :winking_face:

If you find any errors ( broken links, non-standard content, etc.. ), Please let us know report chapter so we can fix it as soon as possible.

Report chapter Comments

Chapter 310: Black Zetsu Is the Undercover Spy of Uchiha Obito

Chapter 310: Black Zetsu Is the Undercover Spy of Uchiha Obito

No one had ever thought about it.

In front of everyone's eyes, this Orochimaru was truly daring and controlled Minato to steal Nagato's body.

Everyone's eyes were filled with shock.

The first to react was undoubtedly Uehara.

"Put Nagato-sama down!"

When Uehara saw the flash of golden light, he immediately chased after it like a mad demon. His speed almost left an afterimage in the air!

The others didn't dare to be in a daze and followed closely behind!

Everyone was a bit panicked. Once Orochimaru obtained the Rinnegan or Nagato's corpse, just how terrifying the consequences would be!

After all, that was Orochimaru who had always been eager to see the world in chaos. He definitely would not just use the Rinnegan and Nagato as a collection!

If Orochimaru obtained the Rinnegan, that bastard would definitely use the Rinnegan to make the entire world in chaos.

Unfortunately…

In terms of speed, who could catch up with Minato, who was known as Yellow Flash?

After completely losing track of Minato, Uehara slammed his fist on the ground and looked at Tsunade and Jiraiya behind him, "Hokage-sama, Jiraiya-sama, isn't this too much of a coincidence? Every time, it is Konoha traitor…"

Uehara slowly clenched his fist and walked towards Tsunade and Jiraiya. His voice gradually became gloomy, "What Madara, Obito, Orochimaru, Kabuto… These are all Konoha people. This is your Konoha conspiracy!"

It was really hard to refute.

The ninjas in the entire ninja world who were behind the scenes were all ninjas from Konoha. This matter was quite strange.

After all, the ninjas who defected from the major ninja villages should be at most members of Akatsuki. On the other hand, the ninjas of Konoha, if they don't make a big event, they are simply sorry for their traitor status…

How could Tsunade refute this kind of thing?

The traitor in the village is too strong. Do you blame her for being the Hokage?

Tsunade was just a Hokage who has only taken over Konoha for four years!

The Chakra in Uehara's body almost burst out, "Now! Immediately! Immediately! Let that bastard Orochimaru return Nagato-sama's body!"

"Uehara, calm down!"

Jiraiya stopped in front of Uehara and said in a deep voice, "No one wants this to happen. We have been chasing after Orochimaru…"

"Konoha has been chasing him for more than ten years!"

Uehara clenched his fists and stared coldly at Jiraiya and Tsunade. He said sternly, "You and Orochimaru are friends. It is you who secretly ordered him to steal Nagato-sama's body behind the scenes!"

"Naraku…"

Konan interrupted Uehara and slowly walked to Uehara. She reached out a hand to stop Uehara and pulled her student into her arms.

Konan slowly lowered her head and comforted him with a trembling voice, "Naraku, be rational. Don't be like this… Nagato won't want to see you like this."

Just now, Konan's mind had also become blank.

However, after seeing that Uehara had almost lost his mind, Konan once again sorted out her emotions and comforted her irritable student in a gentle tone.

"I know, Sensei."

Uehara hugged Konan's shoulder and whispered, "I will find a way to find Orochimaru and bring Nagato-sama back!"

Uehara said this with a heavy face.

This was a man's promise. Moreover, he had originally planned to do this. He just didn't know how Orochimaru would feel at that time.

On the other hand, Tsunade and Jiraiya were feeling a little strange. Tsunade sighed and promised, "We will also increase our efforts to search for Orochimaru. If there is any information, we will immediately tell you."

"…"

That bastard Orochimaru, he really didn't do anything!

This guy controlled Minato to steal Nagato's body directly and did it cleanly, leaving them in such big trouble.

Uehara was simply like a madman!

If there was any problem, this guy could directly risk his life!

Fortunately, Konan was still rational, or it could be said that she had to maintain her rationality and keep her emotions from collapsing because her disciple was like an active volcano that could erupt at any time.

Konan had to calm down her student.

Tsunade's eyes moved slightly and stopped on Konan and Uehara. The relationship between the teacher and student was really good. At least it was the first time that Tsunade saw someone who could control the emotional Uehara.

The bond between the Ninja World was indeed the most complicated relationship.

Even Uehara, who once destroyed several big countries' great ninja villages, could not escape this bond!

Now that Orochimaru has stolen Nagato's body, Uehara was not in a good mood. He just sat beside Konan, so when Tsunade wanted to communicate with the information, she could only temporarily communicate with Konan.

To be honest, Tsunade really liked to communicate with Konan.

At least, Tsunade could calm down a little.

Suppose she communicated with Uehara, even if Tsunade knew that what Uehara said now was true, but according to the appearance of Uehara in the past. Tsunade could not help but give doubt on the information.

After all, when Uehara played a strategic deception acting as a loyal subordinate of Hanzo was too deeply ingrained in their hearts…

If they stayed together now, Tsunade was really worried that she couldn't help but ask if Hanzo's body was alright…

Damn, this was ridiculous!

Fortunately, Konan was an honest person.

When Tsunade asked about Obito, Konan did not deliberately hide it. She just frowned and told them what happened in those years.

"When Obito appeared in front of us for the first time, he claimed to be Madara. After Yahiko died, Obito began to guide us to create the so-called ultimate weapon to achieve the world's peace.

At that time, whether it was recruiting members or other things, Obito would advise Nagato behind the scenes until we met Naraku later."

Konan turned to look at Naraku, and her eyes gradually showed a softness. She continued softly, "Naraku is the son of Uehara Yechu, a member of Akatsuki First Generation. Danzo and Hanzo's subordinate killed his father to protect me.

We met Naraku, who grew up, and decided to take him with us to take care of. It was a pity that Nagato hoped that Naraku could quickly become stronger. Perhaps it was because of this that Naraku became more hardworking than anyone else and began to accept the organization's mission as an Akatsuki intern.

It was just that when Naraku first went to perform the task of recruiting Kisame, he happened to meet Obito, who went to kill him;

Because of the issue of identity exposure, Obito wanted to kill Naraku. From then on, Akatsuki's organization and Obito went their separate ways."

"It's like this…"

Tsunade sighed and thought of her meeting with Uehara many years ago. She sighed softly and said, "When I met Uehara in the Yu no Kuni, he should have just completed the mission of recruiting Kisame!"

No wonder Uehara listened to Konan so much.

Because Uehara had always been taken care of by Konan.

Konan's words were logical. When Tsunade first met Uehara, there were three S-class traitors, Kimimaro, and Haku beside him.

Konan raised her eyebrows and glanced at Tsunade, then glanced at Uehara, "If he lost to Hokage-dono for millions of Ryo… it should be at that time."

If Konan remembered correctly, Kisame mentioned it once when he received his uniform. After that, Uehara's pocket money was directly controlled.

Tsunade propped up her chin with her palm and sighed softly, "He didn't lose to me completely. This little brat gives the money. He said that his Sensei had once received my favor in the war, and that money to return the favor…"

Tsunade looked at Uehara and then looked at Konan. She asked curiously, "But I remember that I didn't do anything, right? The one who stopped Orochimaru from killing you was Jiraiya, and the one who raised you was also Jiraiya…"

"Konan-sensei once mentioned it."

Uehara suddenly interrupted Tsunade and whispered, "When Konan-sensei first met you, you gave them some dry bread."

"…"

Tsunade suddenly became silent.

Those things happened too long ago, and she didn't remember them.

Jiraiya sat beside Tsunade and patted his forehead. He looked at Konan and sighed, "Konan, I take back what I said before. You really taught a good student!"

"Yes, Jiraiya-sensei."

Konan nodded calmly, then shook his head and said, "Unfortunately, we still took Uehara on the wrong path…"

"It's nothing."

Uehara shook his head and interrupted Konan. He said softly, "For me, the only correct path is to protect you."

"…"

Konan slowly lowered her head.

Everyone was silent for a while.

Tsunade was the first to break the silence and asked, "Let's talk about Orochimaru. He is now an ally with Obito, and he controls a lot of the reincarnated ninjas. It is very dangerous.

The last time we received information about Orochimaru, we saw his figure in the Uzumaki former village. Later, the news that Orochimaru died in the laboratory experiment began to spread in the ninja world."

"Let me talk about this!"

Uehara rubbed his forehead and said in a low voice, "I have always been in charge of hunting down that traitor Orochimaru in the organization. I forced him into a desperate situation several times, but in the end, all of my efforts were in vain…"

"It is not a waste of effort."

Konan reached out her palm to calm her student's emotions, "Nagato said that you destroyed many of Orochimaru's bases and hiding places…"

"Unfortunately, we couldn't get rid of him."

After Uehara said this, he continued in a deep voice, "Now it seems that Orochimaru coveted Nagato-sama's Rinnegan and deliberately faked his death to escape. It was to let Kabuto join Akatsuki to get our intelligence."

After Uehara finished speaking, his expression became ugly again, "When I went to invite Kabuto to join Akatsuki, I carefully examined him. But I did not find any trace of Orochimaru on his body… that bastard!"

"…"

Everyone's expressions became ugly.

When it came to Orochimaru and Obito, they had reached a consensus.

Unfortunately, there was no substantial progress in the intelligence exchange between them.

After all, this information was from a few years ago. Tsunade and Jiraiya only found out about Uehara's origin and did not gain anything else.

After Jiraiya pondered for a while, he mentioned a member of Akatsuki, "Maybe we can find a way to catch a person. I remember that Obito once revealed that there was a person called Black Zetsu who was a spy he planted in Akatsuki."

"He should not be a spy, right?"

There was some hesitation on Konan's face. She whispered, "Although the relationship between Obito and me was very close before, Zetsu has always wanted to kill Obito at that time…"

"That might not be the case…"

After saying this, Jiraiya glanced at Uehara.

Wasn't Uehara just an excellent performing artist and a super-spy?

This guy was very loyal to Hanzo, but in fact, he was the murderer who killed Hanzo. Previously, he also wanted to get rid of Akatsuki's organization, but in the end, he was the next leader of Akatsuki's organization.

Jiraiya did not hide his gaze from everyone.

Everyone's faces then revealed a trace of embarrassment.

Jiraiya looked at Konan and continued in a deep voice, "At least we have to test it out first! After we capture Black Zetsu, we might be able to obtain information about Obito and Orochimaru through it…"

"…"

Uehara hooked his finger without leaving a trace.

It really wasn't a waste for him to secretly control Obito to leak information. They finally remembered Black Zetsu.

Now, it was time to chase Black Zetsu out of Akatsuki's organization.

Become a Patron to read chapters ahead of public release and support me :winking_face:

If you find any errors ( broken links, non-standard content, etc.. ), Please let us know report chapter so we can fix it as soon as possible.

Report chapter Comments

Chapter 311: How Can I Not Participate in the Five Kage Summit!

Chapter 311: How Can I Not Participate in the Five Kage Summit!

There was no problem with Jiraiya's train of thought.

However, wanting to get information about Obito and Orochimaru from Black Zetsu was simply wishful thinking. They would not be able to catch Black Zetsu.

Moreover, even if they did catch him, Black Zetsu would not be able to come up with any information.

Black Zetsu really did not know!

Although it had a lot of information about the Ninja World, it could not find the location of Obito and Orochimaru. No matter how it searched, it could not find them!

This point had to be mentioned about Uehara's delicate operation. Although Uehara did not have all the information of the Ninja World, he had the source of information.

Every move of all the dangerous people in the Ninja World, including their lives, was in the hands of Uehara. Only if he wanted them to live could they live.

There was no information in the hands of Black Zetsu at all.

However, the plan that Jiraiya proposed was also the only way now. Therefore, Konan agreed to find a way to control Black Zetsu first and see if they could get information from it.

However, Konan still mentioned a problem in advance.

"He has always been an intelligence officer of Akatsuki."

Konan frowned and said worriedly, "Its intelligence has always been very accurate. If it were really Obito's spy and knew what happened in Konoha, it might have already escaped Akatsuki…"

"Not maybe, but definitely."

Uehara looked up at Konan with an ugly expression and said, "Sensei, Black Zetsu has always wanted us to collect Bijuu. Now that Nagato-sama has died, we have given up on the plan to collect Bijuu. It will definitely not stay in Akatsuki…"

"If we can't find Black Zetsu…"

Jiraiya slowly lowered his head and said in a low voice, "Then we can only continue to send more people to search for the whereabouts of Obito and Orochimaru!"

"Then I'll have to trouble you."

Uehara clenched his fist and said in a deep voice, "When you find them, inform me immediately. I will never let those two bastards go!"

Now he had to go back and appease Black Zetsu as soon as possible.

According to Black Zetsu's sensitivity to intelligence, he would soon know what happened in Konoha. He would know that Nagato sacrificed himself, Kabuto colluded with Obito to betray the Eye of the Moon Plan, and Orochimaru robbed the Rinnegan…

He wondered if Black Zetsu would feel despair in his heart!

After all, this was the closest success that Black Zetsu had made in the past thousand years. In the end, he was betrayed again and again… No matter how big Black Zetsu's heart was, it was hard to say if he could withstand such a blow.

Uehara sighed faintly in his heart.

At this point, he was the only one who would accompany Black Zetsu. He wanted to let Black Zetsu know that no one else in the entire Ninja World was trustworthy except him.

Apart from him, no one else in the Ninja World was worthy of Black Zetsu's support!

After all, controlling Orochimaru to resurrect Madara in the future, and by the way, to revive Nagato, all of them needed Black Zetsu's help!

In fact, this was exactly the case.

"Alright, let's skip these topics for now. Next, I will send Anbu to search for the whereabouts of Orochimaru and Obito. After they obtain the Rinnegan, they definitely won't hide."

After Tsunade finished speaking, she looked at Uehara and Konan then continued, "When do you plan to return the Bijuu of the other big countries to them… In this way, it can reduce their hostility towards Amegakure."

"There is no way to return it."

Uehara shook his head and whispered, "Gedo Mazo, who imprisoned Bijuu, was only controlled by the Rinnegan. Now that Nagato-sama's body and the Rinnegan have fallen into Orochimaru's hands, Gedo Mazo will probably fall into his hands very soon. We must find the Rinnegan first."

"Where is the Gedo Mazo who imprisoned Bijuu now?"

"After Nagato-sama unsummoned Gedo Mazo, it might still be in Akatsuki's base, but it should soon be taken away by Orochimaru's summoned… The Rinnegan is not his purpose.

The purpose is to use the Rinnegan to control and revive Gedo Mazo."

Uehara continued to shake his head and said in a deep voice, "Unfortunately, no matter how strong we are, we can't do anything to Gedo Mazo…"

However, Tsunade's words reminded Uehara.

Right now, Gedo Mazo might still be in Akatsuki's base, but he had to find a way to transfer Gedo Mazo away so as not to leave any evidence behind.

After all, he had been washed white.

Since he had been washed white, he definitely could not leave any stain.

"Is that so?"

Tsunade frowned again. She shook her head and temporarily ignored Gedo Mazo's question. She looked at Uehara and said, "I will hold a Five Kage Meeting shortly. At that time, you should also come and participate!"

"Five Kage Meeting?"

Uehara pondered for a while and whispered, "It sounds like a meeting between the five big countries. Can our small country participate?"

"Of course, you can participate."

Tsunade nodded and continued softly, "If possible, I plan to hold the Five Kage Meeting in either Amegakure or Country of Iron. On the one hand, it is to discuss the crisis of Obito and Orochimaru. On the other hand, it is to help you mediate with Amegakure to prevent the hatred from spreading."

Tsunade was purely out of good intentions.

After all, Uehara had destroyed four villages as an Akatsuki organization member. Even if Sunagakure and Kirigakure temporarily gave up pursuing the matter under Konoha pressure, Kumogakure and Iwagakure would not easily give up.

Tsunade thought that in this Five Kage Meeting, she would eliminate all hatred and hostility and form a Ninja Alliance to hunt down Obito and Orochimaru together.

The strength of a Ninja Village was limited.

If the five major villages could unite, no matter where Orochimaru and Obito hid, they would find it difficult to escape the pursuit of the five big countries.

Moreover, once they truly started a war with Orochimaru and Obito, a ninja like Uehara who possessed powerful combat strength was indispensable.

This fellow Uehara…

He could be said to be the new ninja Demigod!

How could they reject such strength?

Uehara frowned and was silent for a while. He probably felt that this world was a little magical. Was he going to participate in the Five Kage Meeting?

Why…

How could he, the mastermind behind the scenes, be invited to the Five Kage Meeting?

It was really magical!

Uehara seemed to have finished thinking. He nodded and said, "Thank you, Hokage-sama. I will participate when the time comes. If Third Tsuchikage and Fourth Raikage clash with me…"

After saying this, a hint of determination flashed in Uehara's eyes. "I will definitely not back down! I am just worried that it will disturb the Five Kage Meeting that Hokage-sama has painstakingly prepared…"

"It doesn't matter."

Tsunade slowly closed her palm and lowered her head, "I still hope that everyone can understand each other… After all, Orochimaru and Obito are a threat. It is better not to have a conflict at that time."

"Yes."

Uehara agreed.

Since they were almost done talking, the future matters would be settled in the Five Kage Meeting. Uehara and Konan did not continue to stay and planned to leave Konoha.

Many people came to see them off.

This was also because of Uehara's re-cleansing. Many Ninjas who had been in Konoha also came to see them off, such as Guy and the Team 3.

"Finally… finally…"

Lee almost wanted to burst into tears. He was so excited that he could not speak, "We are no longer enemies. We can finally be friends with Uehara-senpai again!"

"Yes! How can a man's friendship be interrupted like this!"

Guy was also full of emotion. He was probably the luckiest ninja in this war.

After Guy died, he was almost turned to ashes. Kabuto used Impure World Reincarnation and became an intact corpse; then, he was reincarnated and revived again.

They just came to see them off and went back to work. Konoha was just burned into a white land by Obito's fire. There were still many things to do.

Only Naruto, Kakashi, Sakura, and Jiraiya had sent them a long distance. Obviously, they had something to ask in private.

Uehara already guessed it.

Without waiting for Naruto to ask a question, Uehara spoke first, "Naruto, do you want to ask about Sasuke?"

"En!"

Naruto immediately nodded and looked at Uehara expectantly, "Will Sasuke come back?"

"I don't know."

Uehara shook his head and sighed, "Akatsuki and Konoha are no longer enemies, but Sasuke has always wanted to destroy Konoha…"

After saying this, Uehara whispered, "I guess that once Sasuke finds out about what happened in Konoha, he might withdraw from Akatsuki's organization. Since he obtained the Mangekyo Sharingan, his strength has increased by leaps and bounds. Perhaps even I am not his opponent."

"Sasuke… has he become stronger again?"

Naruto slowly clenched his fists.

They had all witnessed Uehara's strength. Even Uehara admitted that he was inferior to him. Just how powerful was Sasuke's current strength?

Sakura opened his mouth in surprise and asked curiously, "Wait… Is the ability of Mangekyo Sharingan so exaggerated? I remember Kakashi-sensei…"

"No, this is the truth."

Konan looked at Sakura and added, "At that time, Itachi relied on the power of Mangekyo Sharingan. Even the senior member didn't dare to ignore him…"

Kakashi also nodded and continued, "Indeed, the Mangekyo Sharingan is very special, it can almost make a person's strength undergo a qualitative change, and each eye has a magical ability that is beyond imagination…"

After saying this, Kakashi said in a low voice, "However, Mangekyo Sharingan also has a flaw, and every time after using eye technique, it will consume the eye power, reducing the vision until it becomes blind…"

"That will take some time!"

Uehara shook his head and said in a deep voice, "At least my chances of defeating Sasuke are very low. According to Kisame, Sasuke has already obtained power that surpasses Itachi!

If Sasuke is still in Akatsuki's base when I return, I will try to persuade him to let go of his hatred for Konoha. If he leaves Akatsuki's base, I will send someone to send you information about Sasuke. "

"Thank you, Uehara-senpai."

Naruto then said firmly, "In the future, I will definitely bring him back!"

"I believe you can do it."

Uehara nodded sincerely.

Become a Patron to read chapters ahead of public release and support me :winking_face:

If you find any errors ( broken links, non-standard content, etc.. ), Please let us know report chapter so we can fix it as soon as possible.

Report chapter Comments

Chapter 312: Hatake Sakumo, Namikaze Minato, and Uchiha Obito

Chapter 312: Hatake Sakumo, Namikaze Minato, and Uchiha Obito

Uehara patted Naruto on the shoulder and told him that he would definitely save his friend. Only then did he bid farewell to everyone and hurried back to Amegakure.

Just as Uehara and Konan rushed back to Amegakure, his subordinate, Kabuto, was hiding in a dark laboratory. Minato and Obito stood beside him, and the three of them surrounded the experimental platform.

After Kabuto checked Nagato's body, he shook his head and sighed, "The body energy in Nagato-sama's body is close to failing. It seems that I can only recover his body to its peak state first before carrying out Impure World Reincarnation!"

"Hmph…"

Obito hugged his arm and said contemptuously, "This traitor is really lucky!"

"Hehe…"

Kabuto pushed up his glasses and glanced at Obito. He chuckled and said, "Nagato-sama has a good relationship with Naraku-sama. He has always been protecting Naraku-sama. This is just what he deserves."

Minato looked at Nagato's body on the experimental platform and sighed, "It's just that this reward may not be what Nagato wants…"

Minato and Nagato were fellow students.

Therefore, when Minato saw that Nagato was willing to correct the mistakes he had committed, he was quite appreciative of him in his heart. And when Nagato used his own life to resurrect the people who died in the battle, it made Minato admire him even more.

Not everyone dared to face their own mistakes.

It was a pity that Nagato trusted the wrong person.

That Uehara was really not a good thing!

Minato sighed faintly in his heart. He subconsciously began to think about Nagato's expression when he was resurrected using Impure World Reincarnation… Especially now, all of this was controlled by Uehara behind the scenes.

Kabuto extended his hand and slowly removed the Rinnegan from Nagato's body. He looked at the pair of Rinnegan as if he was looking at a treasure.

Kabuto reluctantly put the pair of Rinnegan into a small bottle after a while. This was the legendary Rinnegan. Which ninja who liked scientific experiments would miss studying this pair of eyes?

"Next is to use Impure World Reincarnation on Nagato-sama."

Kabuto looked at Nagato's body and slowly closed his palm. Obito carried a foul-mouthed White Zetsu and placed him next to Nagato.

"Kabuto, this is the sacrifice you wanted."

"Thank you, Obito-san."

A ray of light flashed on Kabuto's lens. He lowered his head and slowly began to form his hand seals, "Kuchiyose, Edo Tensei(Summoning: Impure World Reincarnation)!"

A seal mark appeared beside Nagato. In the next moment, his body turned into countless fragments of dust that wrapped around the sacrificial White Zetsu!

The next moment, Nagato's appearance slowly revealed itself.

Kabuto pushed up his glasses, curved the corners of his mouth, and politely nodded at Nagato who had just been resurrected.

"Welcome back, Nagato-sama."

"Is this Impure World Reincarnation?"

Nagato glanced at his body and raised his head to look at Kabuto, "Since you resurrect me, who do you want to use me to deal with? Uehara?"

Other than wanting to use him to deal with Uehara, Nagato really could not think of any other reason to revive him.

"How could that be?"

Kabuto narrowed his eyes and smiled. He pushed up his glasses and chuckled, "You will know when you see Orochimaru-sama in the future."

"Orochimaru?"

Nagato frowned. Just as he was about to say something, his vision suddenly darkened and his consciousness involuntarily fell into a deep sleep.

Kabuto had already prepared an exquisite coffin in advance and kept Nagato's Impure World Reincarnation body, "What a pity, Nagato-sama is an extremely powerful Impure World Reincarnation ninja!"

Obito snorted coldly and watched Kabuto's actions. He said contemptuously, "Hmph, now it seems that Uehara still has a bit of a conscience…"

"Is that so?"

Kabuto asked with a smile. He slowly pushed up his glasses and took out a scroll from his body.

Kabuto then asked Obito to take out another White Zetsu.

A red light flashed in Obito's eyes, and he couldn't help but ask, "Hmm? Whose body is inside this? Who are you going to resurrect?"

"Hatake Sakumo."

This matter was personally assigned by Uehara to revive Sakumo.

After Kakashi revived, Uehara told Kabuto to try Impure World Reincarnation to revive Sakumo. He was also very curious about Konoha White Fang.

"Hmph, it seems that I praised him too early."

Obito's knuckles cracked, and he coldly said, "This bastard is cold-blooded and ruthless. There is no heart in his body at all!"

"Who knows…"

The corners of Kabuto's mouth curled into a smile. He pushed up his glasses and continued softly, "Isn't Naraku-sama's true strength because of his will that is as hard as steel that he can treat any enemy mercilessly?"

Unfortunately, Kabuto was the only person in this room who was Uehara's loyal believer. So no one was willing to agree with Kabuto. Minato and Obito did not think that Uehara was a good thing.

Kabuto faintly sighed. He closed his palm and began to form seals. He released Impure World Reincarnation once again and successfully revived Sakumo.

"The resurrection of Sakumo actually succeeded…"

Kabuto glanced at Konoha White Fang, who had returned from the Pure Land. The corners of his eyes narrowed slightly, "As expected, nothing is out of Naraku-sama's expectations…"

Originally, Kabuto had some doubts.

After all, they had experimented and did not summon the soul of Konoha White Tooth, so they did not succeed in doing Impure World Reincarnation to him.

As a result, Uehara insisted that they dig out the corpse of Konoha White Tooth, and after Kakashi was resurrected, he ordered Kabuto to start resurrecting Sakumo.

Everything was as he expected.

Konoha White Fang was successfully resurrected.

Kabuto's eyes swept over Minato and Obito, and a sneer appeared on his face, "If anyone becomes enemies with Naraku-sama, his soul will definitely not escape the control of Naraku-sama!"

Minato, "…"

Obito, "…"

D * mn it, he was not here, you should stop licking!

Moreover, these words were said by Kabuto. Now, their souls were controlled by Uehara!

They were the typical example of being played with by Uehara's hand…

"Huh? What's going on?"

After waking up, Sakumo looked at his body and then turned to look at Obito, Kabuto, and Minato…

None of these people were familiar.

Only Minato looked a little familiar.

After all, Sakumo died too early. When he committed suicide, the age Minato that time was only fifteen or sixteen years old, and he had long become unrecognizable.

However, when Sakumo saw that Minato was still wearing a Hokage robe and a Konoha forehead protector on his head, he could not help but have a complicated look on his face.

"Sir… Which generation of Hokage are you?"

"This is Konoha Fourth Hokage."

Kabuto stood next to Sakumo and introduced him with a smile, "Moreover, Hokage-sama was Kakashi-san's Sensei when he was alive! The person standing next to him was Kakashi-san's teammate, Obito-san!"

Both presents had an inexplicable relationship with Kakashi. Soon, they used Kakashi as an opportunity to chat.

Sakumo soon learned a part of the truth.

There was a hint of reluctance in Sakumo's eyes, "In other words, are we all dead? Kakashi will feel very lonely…"

"Don't worry; you will see each other again."

Kabuto revealed a mysterious smile on his face and softly comforted Sakumo, "And it won't be too long… I believe that Kakashi-san will be very happy when he sees his father."

Sakumo, "…"

Minato, "…"

Obito, "…"

"Don't look at me like that…"

Kabuto looked at the people present and continued with a smile, "Kakashi-san's wish must be to see his father again."

Kabuto pushed up his glasses and continued softly, "If you have anyone you want to see, I can also help you revive them."

"…"

The three of them fell silent.

Did this bastard Kabuto stay with Uehara for too long? Did this guy not even know how to speak human words?

If anyone had a relationship with Uehara, they would not become anything good!

"Alright, let's not talk nonsense anymore."

Kabuto looked at Minato, and his expression gradually became serious, "Now, please contact Naraku-sama and report our work to him!"

"… I understand."

Minato slowly nodded.

Minato slowly raised his finger and used his will to attract Uehara's will.

The next moment, Uehara's voice came out from Minato's mouth. His voice was a little depressed, "Kabuto, Konan-sensei is not in a good mood. I have to accompany her at all times. I can't get away for the time being."

After saying that, Uehara said in a somewhat indifferent voice, "So I will command you remotely. Now there is an urgent task for you to deal with."

"Yes."

Kabuto lowered his head respectfully.

Uehara's voice was somewhat indifferent, "Before Konan-sensei and I return to Akatsuki's base, go and take Gedo Mazo and Sasuke away… By the way, ask who else is willing to betray us and leave Akatsuki's organization with you!"

Become a Patron to read chapters ahead of public release and support me :winking_face:

If you find any errors ( broken links, non-standard content, etc.. ), Please let us know report chapter so we can fix it as soon as possible.

Report chapter Comments

Chapter 313: A Failed Fishing Plan

Chapter 313: A Failed Fishing Plan

Uehara's order was not strange.

In addition to letting Kabuto immediately go to Akatsuki base to take away Gedo Mazo and Sasuke, he also let him take away the people who were willing to leave Akatsuki's organization.

After the end of the Battle of Konoha, Akatsuki's organization was directly washed clean. Some of the members could not accept this kind of thing. Instead of waiting for them to defect in the future, it was better to be directly taken away by Kabuto to be cannon fodder for the future War of the Ninja World.

Well, in fact, they were fishing.

Uehara would definitely protect anyone unwilling to leave Akatsuki's organization. They were all precious legacies left behind by Nagato!

Anyone willing to leave Akatsuki's organization would only jump from one of the whirlpools to another even more dangerous whirlpool.

In fact, they could not escape the control of Uehara.

Because Uehara and Konan were on their way back to the Country of Rain, Kabuto did not have much time left. Thus, he immediately sealed up Sakumo and took Minato and Obito to Akatsuki base.

Akatsuki Base.

Sasori, Deidara, and Sasuke had already brought Hachibi Jinchuriki back to the base. The members of Akatsuki's organization were still waiting for their leader to bring Kyuubi Jinchuriki back. They were looking forward to taking Hachibi and Kyuubi into Gedo Mazo and carrying out the ultimate weapon plan.

As everyone knew, the waiting time was undoubtedly very long.

Akatsuki's members were more relaxed. What could a group of arrogant guys do when they were together? Of course, they could only quarrel!

"An idiot whose head was chopped off by someone!"

After Deidara finished despising Hidan, he looked at Hidan and stuck out his tongue while laughing, "Stupid, stupid, stupid!"

"Bastard, I'll kill you!"

Hidan clenched his scythe with a furious expression on his face. Just as Hidan was about to rush over, a few chakra threads wrapped tightly around his arm.

Sasori controlled the chakra threads to restrain Hidan's movements. He then coldly warned, "You can quarrel, but don't do it in the base."

Hearing Sasori's words, the anger on Hidan's face became even heavier.

If he could defeat Deidara, would he even need to make a move?

Hidan angrily held his scythe and turned to look at Kakuzu, "Hey, Kakuzu, I can't beat him! Come and help me!"

"Idiot!"

Kakuzu touched his forehead.

How could he have such a stupid teammate!

Hidan's IQ was simply too low to be saved!

Fortunately, just as Hidan could not suppress his anger and wanted to tear down the base with Deidara, Kabuto's appearance attracted their attention.

"Kabuto, where did you go?"

Sasori frowned; he looked at Kabuto and said, "If I remember correctly, you should be in your own laboratory, right? If you left the base without permission, you would violate the leader's order."

"What if Akatsuki has no leader?"

Kabuto slowly raised his head and looked at everyone present. He smiled and said, "I went to Konoha. Nagato… no, Pain is already dead."

"What?"

Everyone couldn't help but look at Kabuto!

Everyone's eyes were full of disbelief. How could they believe that their Godly leader had died in Konoha?

Sasori's eyes moved slightly. He shook his head and immediately said, "Impossible; Pain has Rinnegan…"

"Nothing is impossible."

Kabuto pushed up his glasses, and a smile appeared on his face, "I took advantage of the fact that Pain and Konoha were both injured and forced him into a corner, so he died…"

"Bastard, how dare you betray Pain-sama!"

Kimimaro and Haku heard this and quickly rushed out!

In terms of loyalty to Akatsuki's organization,

No one could surpass the two of them because they were brought up together with Uehara by Konan.

"Karamatsu no Mai (Dance of the Larch)!"

Bone spikes suddenly emerged from Kimimaro's body as he rushed towards Kabuto!

However, a figure wearing a golden chakra coat suddenly appeared in front of Kimimaro. He stretched out a Rasengan and pressed it on Kimimaro's body!

It was Impure World Reincarnation Minato!

In the next moment, Kimimaro was sent flying!

"Ice Release…"

Haku suddenly raised his finger.

Just as Haku was about to release the ice ninjutsu, Minato's figure turned into a golden light and suddenly appeared beside Haku, kicking him away!

"That is… Yellow Flash!"

Deidara's expression suddenly changed.

For Iwagakure's ninjas, Yellow Flash was undoubtedly a terrifying character. Even Deidara grew up listening to the story of Konoha Yellow Flash.

Sasori watched this scene, and a trace of seriousness flashed in his eyes, "So you use Impure World Reincarnation on the Yellow Flash Namikaze Minato… It seems that it is not nonsense for you to kill Pain."

"That's right."

Kabuto nodded and spread out his palm with a smile, "Now that Pain is dead, Konan and Uehara have given up on the plan to collect Bijuu… Are you still going to stay in this organization that is about to decline?"

Kabuto's gaze moved little by little as he slowly sized up everyone present. His smile gradually became deeper and deeper, "Akatsuki is about to be destroyed. Why don't you follow me and continue to collect Bijuu…"

"No."

Deidara looked at Kabuto with disdain and snorted, "Who do you think you are? You are just a coward hiding in a ditch relying on the strength of others, and yet you want to be our new leader?"

After saying this, Deidara turned to look at Sasori and said, "Rather than letting you be the new leader, it would be better to let Sasori inherit Akatsuki leader position!"

"Why!"

Hidan immediately jumped out and opened his mouth, "I am the most suitable candidate! Why don't you all join my Jashin…"

"Shut up!"

Kakuzu interrupted Hidan with one sentence. He turned to look at Kabuto and said in a low voice, "You said you killed Pain, but you didn't get rid of Uehara and Konan, right? Pain seemed to have mentioned that he want Uehara to be the next leader; that kid is quite suitable."

"That's right."

Sasori looked at Kabuto, his gaze turning cold, "If I'm not wrong, you actually wanted to deal with Uehara but were almost killed by him! Uehara's strength is not weak at all!"

"You really… guessed it right!"

A helpless smile appeared on Kabuto's face. He raised his head and continued, "But it doesn't matter. In any case, Uehara and Konan have already given up on the plan.

They should only stay in a small place like the Country of Rain in the future. With your strength, do you just want to stay here?"

"…"

Everyone could not help but fall silent.

If the organization did not continue to collect Bijuu, what should they do? Could they just stay here and waste their time?

"It's none of your business where we are going!"

Deidara looked at Kabuto with dissatisfaction, then looked at Sasori, "Hey, Sasori. When Uehara comes back, let's make a decision together. Anyway, as long as it doesn't affect my art…"

"Yes."

Sasori also nodded, "I also think that we should wait for Uehara to come back and discuss this matter. As for Kabuto…"

"Hey, Kabuto!"

Hidan suddenly interrupted Sasori loudly and looked at Kabuto with a grin, "If you can help me spread the will of Jashin-sama, I can come with you…"

"Shut up!"

Kakuzu waved his arm and knocked Hidan to the ground with a punch. In a low and muffled voice, he said, "Shut your mouth if you are only going to say nonsense!"

"Bastard!"

Hidan jumped up and looked at Kakuzu with displeasure, "I don't want to stay in this place. I just want to spread the will of Jashin-sama!"

"No, you don't want to."

Kakuzu's complaints spread out one after another, firmly binding Hidan. His eyes glanced obscurely at the Seven Ninja Swordsmen, who had not moved at all.

After Kabuto appeared and expressed his shock at Pain's death, this group no longer moved. They did not even speak at all, only minding their own business and tending to their ninja sword.

Kakuzu glanced at Hidan and continued coldly, "Sometimes, your life is indeed worthless, but sometimes, your life only has one. The two most painful things in life are that people are still alive but have no value, and people are dead but still has no value."

"…"

Hidan couldn't understand what he was saying. He just shut his mouth obediently because what Kakuzu said when he was serious was generally right.

"Is no one willing to leave?"

After frowning, Kabuto looked up at Sasuke and whispered, "Sasuke, are you also unwilling to leave? Uehara and Konan have already reconciled with Konoha. If you want to take revenge…"

"Shut up."

Sasuke looked down at Kabuto with a gloomy face and said unhappily, "When Uehara-senpai comes back, I will naturally ask him!"

"Is that so… You guys really have feelings for this organization!"

Kabuto pushed up his glasses and revealed a smile on his face. He looked up at the huge Gedo Mazo and said softly, "Alright, but Akatsuki no longer needs to collect Bijuu in the future. Then I will take Gedo Mazo away first…"

"…"

Everyone slowly looked at Kabuto.

The weapons in everyone's hands began to draw out slowly.

Sasori summoned his two puppets and stared at Kabuto, "You are really exactly the same as that bastard Orochimaru, a traitor…"

An hour later.

All the members of Akatsuki's organization were knocked to the ground.

No one in Akatsuki's organization could stop Minato from wreaking havoc. Facing Minato in the Kurama Mode, none of the members was a match.

The person who lasted the longest was actually Sasuke.

Unfortunately, even with his strength, he was unable to defeat Minato.

Minato easily set up a Flying Thunder God and took Gedo Mazo and Hachibi Jinchuriki Killer Bee away. At this moment, no one could stop him.

After doing all this, Kabuto's eyes slowly stopped on Sasuke. He chuckled and said, "Sasuke, don't forget, your brother Itachi's Sharingan is still in my hands. Only I can help you with your revenge…"

"Bastard!"

Sasuke clenched his palm.

After a while, the complexion of Sasuke changed, then he struggled to stand up and walked to Kabuto's side.

Although Sasuke wanted to stay with his brother's friend Uehara, he had to take back Itachi's eyes first. Otherwise, it would not be easy to solve the problem of Mangekyo Sharingan's eye power blindness!

Sasuke was still thinking in his heart. After solving the problem of Mangekyo Sharingan, he might as well just kill Kabuto. Then, he would carry Kabuto's head and return to join Akatsuki's organization!

Of course, if Akatsuki still wanted to destroy Konoha at that time… In Sasuke's heart, revenge against Konoha was undoubtedly the first.

"Very good."

After looking at Sasuke with approval, Kabuto turned to look at Akatsuki's members, who were lying on the ground. He chuckled and said, "Then, everyone, we will leave first. In the future, you can come and find me if you regret it…"

The matter was really a little unexpected.

None of the members of Akatsuki's organization were willing to follow Kabuto. Only one person wanted to defect but was stopped by Kakuzu.

Therefore, when Kabuto reported to Uehara, his expression was a little strange, "They seem to be very confident in Naraku-sama. Other than Hidan, no one else wants to defect and leave…"

"Tsk, these guys…"

There was a hint of helplessness in Uehara's voice, "Is there really no way for people to take them? Is this a kennel that is not as good as your own?"

"Huh?"

Kabuto was a little confused.

Uehara said in a faint voice, "Kabuto, Akatsuki's members have always had a very realistic and cold relationship, and they seem to be very ruthless towards their comrades.

But there is also a rare warmth in these very realistic and cold relationships. Some people have been wandering alone for too long. It seems that they don't care about this warmth, but their bodies are very honest and greedy for this warmth… "

"I think I understand."

Kabuto pushed his glasses and sighed with emotion, "In the past, we were the same as Orochimaru-sama. When we openly used each other, Orochimaru-sama's gentleness was a luxury for us. After we tasted gentleness in our cold relationship, we would crave for his bestowment more and more…"

"Yes."

Uehara nodded and said softly, "Alright, you can focus on preparing the body for Orochimaru. Leave Akatsuki to me to deal with!"

Become a Patron to read chapters ahead of public release and support me :winking_face:

If you find any errors ( broken links, non-standard content, etc.. ), Please let us know report chapter so we can fix it as soon as possible.

Report chapter Comments

Chapter 314: Konan Crying in the Rainy Night

Chapter 314: Konan Crying in the Rainy Night

Late at night.

Inside Amegakure.

Uehara and Konan finally returned.

"Sensei, you go and rest first!"

Uehara immediately arranged for Konan to go back to rest. He looked at Konan, whose eyes were full of exhaustion, and continued softly, "I will go to the organization's base and tell them the news of Nagato-sama's sacrifice."

Uehara planned to go to Akatsuki's base alone and consolidate the confidence of those members. Those members trusted him so much, and Uehara did not want to disappoint them.

In fact, Akatsuki's organization was like a broken home. The members of the family were agitated. Now, after Nagato's sacrifice, the family was on the verge of disbanding.

Unfortunately, these members seemed to like finding their own warmth in such a tense relationship. They did not want this organization to disband.

Of course, they also did not want this family to become too different.

Therefore, Uehara planned to appease those people. In fact, it was mainly Deidara, Sasori, and Kakuzu. After all, they were old friends.

The remaining people were basically Uehara's subordinates or relatives of his subordinates. They don't need to worry about it at all. They trust Naraku Uehara very much.

Oh, there was also Hidan, who was on the verge of betraying him.

Hidan was just too dishonest. If he really couldn't do it, Uehara might as well give him a dead-end and let him go on his own.

Konan rubbed her forehead, and her face was full of worry, "I'll go with you! I wonder what will happen to those traitors after they know of Nagato's sacrifice… We might as well let them all leave!"

"…"

Uehara didn't know whether to laugh or cry.

The critical point was that those guys were not willing to leave at all!

Even Hidan, who was always likely to defect, was temporarily appeased by Kakuzu. Deidara and Sasori were even more determined to stay in Akatsuki's organization until disbanded.

"I'll go by myself!"

Uehara shook his head and placed his hand on Konan's forehead. He then said softly, "How long has it been since you last rested? Go and rest first."

"…"

Konan bit her lips and slowly lowered her head, "I'll go with you. I'm a little worried…"

"…"

Uehara suddenly fell silent.

To be honest, Konan's current state was not quite right.

Since the sacrifice of Nagato, Konan's state was still okay at the beginning.

Even when Nagato's life was sacrificed, Konan did not lose her composure too much, making Uehara think that she might have gotten used to the sadness of losing her family and friends.

As time went on, they then returned to Amegakure from Konoha. Konan's condition gradually became a little bad, and she was in a daze for more and more time.

It was not that Konan was not sad.

But her heart was too painful to suppress all this.

Uehara believed that what Konan needed now was rest. If Konan could hide in the quilt and secretly cry out her grief, it might be even better.

"Then let's go and rest now."

Uehara glanced at the confused Konan and reached out his hand to hold her shoulder. He said in a low voice, "After we rest, we will go to the organization's base, okay?"

"… Okay."

Konan hesitated and nodded.

Uehara finally let out a sigh of relief. Under Konan's gaze, he slowly walked into his room and laid down on his bed.

Perhaps it was because of Nagato's sacrifice that Konan felt fear in her heart?

Just as Uehara wanted to use his Destiny skill to leave Amegakure quietly, he saw Konan's figure appear on Amegakure's tall tower. Uehara's expression changed, and he flew out of his room.

At some point in time, Konan stood alone on the tall tower in the village, looking up at the night sky. Her face was still calm.

At this moment, Konan's figure appeared extremely thin on the tower.

At this moment, a lonely atmosphere surrounded her.

"Sensei?"

Uehara's figure landed beside Konan. She frowned slightly and asked softly, "You should go and rest now. You can't sleep?"

"…"

Konan nodded, then shook her head again.

After a while, Konan slowly lowered her head and glanced at the silent Amegakure. She was a little depressed, "This village will not rain late at night in the future… I am still not used to it."

In the past.

Every time the sky was getting dark, in order to prevent Amegakure's patrolling Ninjas from having loopholes due to the darkness, Nagato would manipulate Tendo(Deva Path) Pain to start a heavy rain. He would use Ukojizai no Jutsu(Rain Tiger at Will Technique) to spot unfamiliar enemies who had sneaked into the village.

For so many years, Nagato had never stopped this habit.

Even Uehara gradually got used to the fact that it would rain when it was dark. Every time the sky turned dark, he would fall asleep with the sound of rain.

However, the sound of rain in the middle of the night for many years disappeared overnight, causing Konan's heart to be once again filled with silent grief.

"Naraku, it's really strange…"

Konan's tears gradually streaked across her face and slowly dripped down, "When Nagato died, although I also felt sad and painful in my heart, I didn't even shed tears. Now I just didn't hear the rain he created…"

There was a trace of sadness in Konan's voice. She could no longer hide the grief of losing her close friend. She looked at the quiet village and wailed in despair.

Uehara slowly lowered his head.

At this moment, he understood Konan's hidden grief.

People might not shed tears or even act normal when a close person dies. This did not mean that people did not feel pain in their hearts.

Because when people truly realized that there was one less person in their lives and saw that the traces of that person's existence gradually dissipated…

At that time, people finally realized that there was one less person in their life. When the yearning began to spread, sadness and despair would surge up.

Uehara looked at the crying Konan and slowly extended his finger. A chakra appeared on his fingertip and was shot into the sky by his finger.

In the next moment, dark clouds gradually appeared in the sky.

Thunder and lightning gathered in the dark cloud, and the rain fell. A few seconds later, the village began to rain heavily.

The sound of the rain became louder, hiding Konan's crying.

Uehara stood beside Konan and slowly stretched out his palm. He held the crying Konan in his arms, blocking the pouring rain for her.

On top of Amegakure's tall tower.

Konan stood there, grabbing Uehara's clothes and crying in Uehara's arms. She was suffering from the torment of losing a close friend.

Even though Uehara had personally created a heavy rain, it still could not ease Konan from the emotions of Nagato's death. He slowly tightened his right arm and stretched out his left hand to cover Konan's head, blocking the rain from falling on her head.

After a long time, Konan's crying gradually became softer.

Uehara finally let out a sigh of relief. He silently sent Konan to her room and took out a towel to help her wipe the rain and tears on her face.

Konan was also silently watching Uehara's actions. She suddenly reached out and took the towel from Uehara's hand. She also helped him wipe the rain on his face.

"Naraku."

Konan's wrist suddenly wrapped around Uehara's neck and her forehead touched his forehead. Her voice was mixed with a trace of weakness after crying, "In the future, don't sacrifice yourself… okay… or wait until I die…"

"…"

Uehara reached out his palm and wrapped it around Konan's hair, pressing it tightly against her as if this could connect their minds and make Konan feel better.

Uehara slowly opened his eyes and looked at the tears under Konan's eyelashes. He only said one word in a low voice, afraid to disturb Konan.

"… Okay."

Because the despair of the people around her leaving one by one was actually suffocating, so people cherished the people of the present.

After a long time, Uehara felt that Konan's breathing gradually stabilized, so he moved his forehead away and let her lie on the bed, covering her with the quilt.

A touch of gentleness appeared on Uehara's face, and he whispered, "Go to sleep. From now on, I will rain every night in the village…"

"Okay."

Konan turned to look at the raindrops on the window.

After a long time, the feeling of exhaustion finally surged up. Konan held Uehara's palm and slowly closed her eyes. Her breathing gradually calmed down, and the rain outside the window also became steady.

After Konan fell asleep, Uehara gently pulled out his palm from her hand.

Uehara carefully looked at Konan's face as if he was afraid that she would wake up. Only when he felt that her breathing was still stable did he relax.

After a while.

Uehara quietly sensed a stream of chakra entering the rain.

Uehara opened the skill panel of Destiny, and his face couldn't help but darken. These guys of Akatsuki seemed to be more anxious than he had imagined!

A group of Akatsuki's members was running towards his room!

Uehara had a faint illusion that these guys were actually a group of children looking for their parents!

Become a Patron to read chapters ahead of public release and support me :winking_face:

If you find any errors ( broken links, non-standard content, etc.. ), Please let us know report chapter so we can fix it as soon as possible.

Report chapter Comments

Chapter 315: Prove to This World That No One Can Resist Akatsuki's Will!

Chapter 315: Prove to This World That No One Can Resist Akatsuki's Will!

This group was simply amusing.

If they were all villains, then these fellows also had some pitiful points. If they were said to be good people, then most of the people here didn't do much.

Of course, Uehara also didn't have the qualifications to say anything about them.

Now that the news of Pain's death had only reached their ears, these fellows were probably also in a daze. Perhaps they had just found out that Uehara and Konan had returned to Amegakure, so they rushed over.

Uehara just comforted Konan to sleep. He did not want them to disturb Konan, so he left Konan's room in a flash, heading in the direction of many black robes with red clouds.

"Uehara!"

"Uehara!"

"Naraku!"

"Uehara!"

"Uehara-sama!"

"Naraku-sama!"

When the group of people wearing a black robes with red clouds saw Uehara, it was as if they had seen their backbone. They chattered as they wanted to start asking about the situation.

"Alright, alright."

Uehara waved at them in a hurry and said softly, "Konan-sensei have just fallen asleep. Let's find a quiet place to chat!"

The group arrived at Amegakure's office.

On the way, Uehara also met Ajisai, who was patrolling in the village in the rain again. This little girl seemed to be patrolling in the rain forever.

This girl's life as a ninja was really ridiculous.

This time, Uehara did not have time to pay attention to her. He just waved her hand and asked her to leave immediately with her team, not allowing anyone to approach the office.

In the office.

After the group of S-class traitors found their own seats, they did not rest and immediately began to ask questions.

"Will our organization be disbanded?"

"Did Pain really die in Konoha?"

"Kabuto betrayed Akatsuki and stole Gedo Mazo from the base…"

"Uehara, are we really going to give up on the plan to collect Bijuu?"

"Is Akatsuki's organization going to be disbanded soon?"

"…"

This group of people each had their own focus. However, what they were most concerned about was undoubtedly Akatsuki's future. Even the matter of Pain dying in battle had to be placed in the back row.

This could not be blamed on them.

Because over the years, Pain had always been high and mighty.

The relationship between these members of Akatsuki and Pain could not be said to be close. Some of them even had more hatred. To be honest, their relationship with Uehara was even better.

After all, Uehara had taken them out on missions many times. Sometimes, he would help and even save people when they encountered danger.

Usually, Uehara would not express his understanding and dislike of their strange hobbies when they met. He could even occasionally chat with them. These members definitely had a good impression of Uehara.

"Stop for a moment!"

Uehara knocked on his forehead and interrupted all of their random chatter before continuing in a low voice, "You can ask your questions one by one! Don't worry; we can talk about it in detail tonight!"

"I'll go first!"

Deidara was particularly active in this aspect. He raised his palm first and was about to ask, "Uehara, we…"

"Why should you go first?"

Hidan also raised his sickle and shouted, "Let me ask first, Uehara, can our Akatsuki not…"

"Bastard!"

Deidara angrily interrupted Hidan.

Seeing that these guys were about to quarrel again, Uehara slapped the table and said with a displeased face, "Following the order of joining Akatsuki, let Kakuzu-senpai or Sasori-senpai ask first!"

"…"

This group of people finally quieted down.

Kakuzu looked at the still-quiet group of seven ninja swordsmen and slowly stood up. He asked his first question in a low voice, "Did Pain die in Konoha?"

"Yes,

However, he did not die in the battle. "

Uehara nodded and continued in a soft voice, "Pain-sama is actually Nagato-sama. After the fierce battle with many ninjas in Konoha, he was besieged by Obito and Kabuto, who led the troops of Impure World Reincarnation Ninjas. Nagato-sama and the Konoha Ninjas repelled them.

After the end of this war, Nagato-sama was worried that despicable people like Obito and Kabuto would control the future Ninja World. When his life was about to be exhausted, he decided to use the power of his Rinnegan to revive all the Konoha Ninjas that died in battle."

After saying this, Uehara continued to add, "Obito and Kabuto are not the masterminds behind the scenes. Orochimaru, who is hiding behind Kabuto, is the true mastermind. Orochimaru has been faking his death to lower our vigilance."

These words could be considered as an explanation to them.

After all, Nagato had indeed died in battle. He couldn't keep them in the dark and not know who their leader was. They should know how their leader had been killed in battle, right?

This could be considered an honest step.

Since Uehara had been honest, Kakuzu did not continue with this topic.

"I got it."

Kakuzu glanced at Uehara, and his face gradually became serious. He asked in a low and muffled voice, "Uehara, in this case, if I stay in Akatsuki in the future, will I still have a chance to make more money?"

"…"

The members looked at Kakuzu speechlessly.

At this time, why did this old guy Kakuzu still talk about money? Damn, was this time to talk about money?

"There will definitely be many opportunities."

Uehara looked at Kakuzu and nodded seriously. He said with a sincere face, "Whether the future of the world is in war or peace, money is always indispensable. In the future, we will have many opportunities to discuss earning money."

"That's right."

After hearing this, Kakuzu nodded seriously and sat back in a strange position, "Uehara, I recognize you as the new leader of Akatsuki. No matter what you want to do in the future, I'll follow you, as long as you can make me earn money!"

Uehara, "…"

This guy was really straightforward!

Kakuzu's attitude was very clear. No matter what Akatsuki's organization was going to do in the future, it was enough as long as it did not delay his money-making. This was really his character.

Sasori raised his head to look at Uehara and said softly, "Uehara, have you reached an agreement with Konoha, Sunagakure, and Kirigakure? Will Akatsuki be forced to disband in the future?"

"No agreement."

Uehara slowly lowered his head. He seemed to understand Sasori's concerns. If Akatsuki's organization became a vassal of the Big Country Great Ninja Village, it meant that there was no longer any place for them.

Uehara raised his head again and coldly snorted, "Sasori-senpai, are those Ninjas who were easily destroyed by us qualified to disband us? If not for Nagato-sama's last wish, I don't mind destroying Konoha again!"

Sasori slowly nodded, and a creepy smile appeared on his face, "That's right, those weak and rotten guys are not qualified to interfere with our life. Only we can decide what to do."

After saying that, Sasori whispered: "When Pain mentioned that you would become Akatsuki's next leader, I didn't have any objections at that time."

"…"

Everyone's eyes started to look at each other.

In the end, their gazes gradually stopped on Kisame. It was clear that Kisame had also become the old Senpai of Akatsuki's organization.

Kisame grinned, revealing his mouth full of shark teeth, "We have never had any objections… As long as the leader can give us homeless people a place to stay, it's good."

The Seven Ninja Swordsmen were basically on the same side.

After Kisame finished speaking, the others also nodded. Kakuzu's gaze still did not ease. He only coldly said, "Since Pain died in battle, you guys haven't made any movements. Could it be a spy sent by someone?"

Uehara, "…"

Kakuzu had really guessed correctly!

However, these seven ninjas were his spies. How could there be any movement?

Kisame grinned and said with a light smile, "Kakuzu-senpai, did you see any of the seven ninja swordsmen working together as spies? What kind of fool is it… No, it should be said that who in the ninja world can treat the seven ninja swordsmen as spies?"

Kisame glanced at the people around him and said softly, "Mangetsu and I left our hometown because of the pain brought by the Blood Mist Policy…

As for the little brat Suigetsu, you should understand why he joined us. As for Ringo, you also know why she joined us during this period of time, right? "

"Yes, I will accept your explanation for the time being."

Kakuzu nodded slowly. The seven ninjas swordsmen seemed to have been taken advantage of and joined Akatsuki's organization one by one.

Although it was a bit ridiculous.

But it seemed acceptable?

Deidara hurriedly raised his palm and said with a smile, "It's my turn! Hey, Uehara, what are we going to do in the future? Should we start a Ninja War or something?"

"No."

Uehara's words made Deidara's face collapse.

Uehara looked at Deidara, rubbed his forehead, and said, "In short, we have to find a way to get rid of Orochimaru, Obito, and Kabuto. Konoha will agree to help us collect information."

"Yes, yes!"

Deidara nodded his head like a chicken pecking rice, "By the way, Sasuke also betrayed Akatsuki like Kabuto. In this way, we can kill all the remaining Uchiha in the Ninja World!"

After saying this, Deidara glanced at Sasori beside him and continued with a smile, "It just so happens that Sasori hates Orochimaru and Kabuto very much. We can also get rid of them together!"

"Yes."

Uehara nodded and continued, "After we deal with them, I reckon that Akatsuki might become an organization that mediates the war…"

"Ah?"

Everyone could not help but look at Uehara.

Is this a joke? Didn't Akatsuki's members take responsibility for sowing discord? Why did they suddenly start mediating the war?

"Don't be so surprised."

Uehara looked at the people present and continued softly, "I will inherit Nagato-sama's will. Although there are no Bijuu and Gedo Mazo, we can think of ways to become stronger, recruit members, or create stronger war weapons, so that the world can not resist our will!

If there is war in the future, we can directly eliminate all the ninjas fighting with our strength. This can also be considered to have stopped the war, right?

In the future, no matter what war happens in the Ninja World, even if the five big countries want to start a war in the Ninja World, they will need our permission. Any war without our authorization will absolutely not be allowed!"

"…"

Everyone present was stunned when they heard this. At first glance, Uehara sounded quite reliable, and it seemed to be quite in line with their intentions?

Only Kisame had a strange expression on his face.

Kisame felt that these words might be half true and half false. Perhaps his superior really wanted to do this in the future, or was he simply comforting these guys?

No matter what was said, at least all the members of Akatsuki present had recognized Uehara, and even Hidan, who had an IQ that was not on average, no longer objected.

"Now, let's go and rest!"

Uehara's eyes narrowed slightly, and he whispered, "After a period of time, I still have to participate in the Five Kage Meeting and obtain information about Orochimaru and the others from them…"

Kisame, "…"

As expected of you, Uehara-sama!

Every time, you can get into some strange meetings!

Everyone in Akatsuki's organization had strange expressions on their faces. Did this guy who had been clamoring for the five big countries to be under their surveillance sneak into the meeting of the five big countries?

It was still a familiar operation…

As expected, Uehara was still that familiar guy…

"Don't look at me with that expression!"

Uehara slowly turned to look at the crowd and continued in a deep voice, "When we eliminate Orochimaru and the others in the future, we will prove to this world that no one can resist Akatsuki's will. No traitor can escape Akatsuki's punishment!"

Become a Patron to read chapters ahead of public release and support me :winking_face:

If you find any errors ( broken links, non-standard content, etc.. ), Please let us know report chapter so we can fix it as soon as possible.

Report chapter Comments

Chapter 316: I Can't Always Let Black Zetsu Suspect Me

Chapter 316: I Can't Always Let Black Zetsu Suspect Me

Uehara's ideal was very domineering.

This group of Akatsuki members was a little excited, especially Deidara, who liked to stir up trouble. Even a coward like Suigetsu was full of excitement.

They were originally the strongest group of people in this world! How could they be willing to hide? Otherwise, why did everyone work so hard to become stronger?

Of course.

Except for Kakuzu, who was single-minded about money.

Yes, Kakuzu immediately thought of a way to earn money from it.

After a moment of silence, Kakuzu took the lead to speak, "If we can do this at that time, we can go to various countries every year to charge a high fee. This fee will be used as the organization's activity funds."

"…"

Most of the people looked at Kakuzu speechlessly.

Kakuzu noticed their gazes and reprimanded them indignantly, "A bunch of ignorant brats, they don't know the value of money at all!"

Uehara was progressing very smoothly.

All the members of the Akatsuki organization had recognized him.

From this moment on, Uehara officially took over and became the new leader of the Akatsuki organization.

[Side Mission: Become the leader of an organization(1/1).]

[Mission completed.]

[Reward: Den Den Mushi Summoning Contract Scroll.]

This reward was quite suitable.

Uehara almost forgot that the current Akatsuki organization no longer had a way to communicate remotely because of Nagato's death.

Initially, their Akatsuki organization used Nagato's Rinnegan as a transfer point and used the ring as a medium to communicate with each other.

After Nagato's death, the long-range communication of the Akatsuki organization was estimated to have problems. At this time, the system rewarded the long-range communication method.

Damn it…

Was he really going to be Akatsuki's leader for real?

Uehara felt that something was wrong. Did it seem that only by becoming Akatsuki's leader would he fit the mastermind's identity?

Uehara shook his head helplessly and took out the phone contract scroll from his ninja backpack and placed it in front of them.

Uehara rubbed his forehead and said softly, "This is the summoning contract scroll I found when I was searching in Orochimaru's base. It seems to be a kind of ninja beast that can be used for long-range communication.

However, we had Nagato-sama at that time, so I kept it. Now that Nagato-sama has died, the long-range ring communication is useless. We can only use this kind of ninja beast for long-range communication in the future…"

Orochimaru's name was really useful, just like Danzo, who could be used at any time to pick up a black pot and slam it on his head.

After every member of Akatsuki's organization signed a summoning contract, they developed a Den Den Mushi that looked quite similar to their appearance. Every Den Mushi was sleeping.

Perhaps it was because the Den Den Mushi was too weak, and it seemed that it did not have any combat ability other than communication. At least, it was much more acceptable than the ancient dragons.

No one in Akatsuki's organization would doubt this.

Even Sasori had to admit that Orochimaru was an absolute genius in some aspects.

Hidan looked at his Den Den Mushi that looked similar to him, and said happily, "Ha, Kakuzu, look, this little thing is quite unique!"

"Idiot!"

Kakuzu couldn't help but rub his forehead.

Every time Hidan spoke, Kakuzu was worried about his teammate's IQ. If it were possible, he really wanted to change teammates!

"Alright."

Uehara glanced at the people present, stretched, and whispered, "If there are no problems, everyone should go back to the base and rest early!"

"Okay."

Sasori nodded first and said softly, "Uehara, you should rest early too! If you receive any information about Orochimaru, inform me immediately."

"Yes."

Uehara nodded seriously as well.

For the members of Akatsuki's organization, Orochimaru, this traitor, was undoubtedly a very annoying fellow. Every member present did not mind treating Orochimaru as their current target.

This use of Orochimaru strangely overlaps with Danzo.

In addition to the summoning contract scroll reward from the system, Uehara also received a generous reward for becoming Akatsuki's leader!

[Side Mission: Become the leader of Akatsuki's organization(1/1).]

[Mission completed.]

[Reward: Passive skill – Spirit Evolution. ]

[Spirit Evolution: Increases Life Energy by 100,000 points, increases Chakra Energy by 100,000 points, increases Natural Energy by 100,000 points, increases Life Energy Recovery Rate by 50%, increases Chakra Energy Recovery Rate by 50%, increases Natural Energy Extraction Rate by 50%.]

Now that he has obtained 100,000 points of three-dimensional attributes, Uehara would be able to add one more Truth-Seeking Ball in the future battle…

The members of Akatsuki left one by one.

Kisame quietly stopped in his footsteps. He looked at Uehara doubtfully and said in a low voice, "I have already locked Karin up, but did Kabuto-san really betray Uehara-sama?"

"What do you think?"

Uehara narrowed his eyes slightly and revealed a kind smile, "If you betray me, then Kabuto is equivalent to betraying me…"

"I will never betray my lord."

Kisame grinned, revealing his sharp teeth. He had signed a soul contract with Uehara. No matter what, he couldn't betray Uehara.

The smile on Kisame's face was a bit ferocious, "Really, as expected, everything in this world can not escape Uehara-sama's control…"

"There are still quite a few people who can escape."

Uehara shook his head. His fingers gently tapped on the table, and he sighed, "After a while, maybe tonight, Black Zetsu will come to find me secretly, or maybe even more likely to find you secretly."

After saying this, Uehara narrowed his eyes again and said in a low voice, "No matter what, we have to find a way to let Black Zetsu know that there is no one to rely on in this world apart from me or the two of us!"

"Understood."

Kisame's expression was a little subtle. In fact, Black Zetsu was already miserable enough. Was Uehara-sama still going to play with it?

Uehara smiled and looked at Kisame. He slowly closed his palm and supported his chin. He said softly, "If my perception technique is not wrong, it should be waiting for you in your room now!"

Sure enough, Black Zetsu looked for Kisame first.

This was definitely something that Black Zetsu would do.

After all, in Black Zetsu's opinion, after Nagato and Konoha reached a reconciliation, Uehara, who had always been close to Nagato, might change his mind.

Compared to Uehara, Kisame, who looked honest, was relatively safe and easy to control.

"In the past, it trusted me the most!"

Uehara's smile became a little dangerous, "It seems that Black Zetsu thinks that my thoughts have changed with Nagato-sama's death… This guy, how come he doesn't know that the most important thing between people is trust!"

"Hehe…"

A hint of helplessness appeared on Kisame's face. Uehara was indeed speaking human words now, but you should do as you say first!

As he spoke of trust, he continued to lie to Black Zetsu…

Kisame felt that Black Zetsu was really a little miserable. He clearly had the posture of controlling Uehara, but he had been secretly controlled by Uehara all along.

It wasn't until after Uehara controlled Obito that Black Zetsu was almost led away by Uehara. Now, Uehara had even played a trick on Kabuto's betrayal…

Kisame sighed faintly and said, "Then, Sir, do you want to prepare a reason for Black Zetsu that you are willing to continue the Eye of the Moon Plan? After all, after such a huge upheaval, Sir's previous reason seemed to need to be changed…"

"What you said makes sense."

Uehara nodded slowly and said in a low voice, "Then reveal my purpose to Black Zetsu! Besides taking revenge on Obito and Orochimaru, I also want Nagato-sama to be resurrected. I want to create a new world with Nagato-sama!"

"This…"

Kisame could not help but scratch his head and look up at Uehara. "Aren't these words… a little nonsense?"

The previous reason was still reasonable…

What the hell was it to create a peaceful world with Nagato behind it? Such a weird reason was too ridiculous!

"It doesn't matter."

Uehara shook his head. He looked at Kisame and said in a low voice, "Believe me, no matter how ridiculous your dream is, Black Zetsu will tell you that the Eye of the Moon Plan will definitely realize it!"

After Kisame nodded, he grinned and said, "Then I will say something inappropriate in front of it. My lord will definitely not mind it in the future, right?"

"I don't mind."

Uehara casually waved his hand and whispered, "We have been together for so long, don't you know my temper? Do I look like a narrow-minded person?"

"…"

The smile on Kisame's face froze for a second.

Hehe, was there anyone in this world who was more narrow-minded than you?

Kisame had heard from Kabuto that you had always been targeting Orochimaru because when that fellow Orochimaru and you first met, he had said rudely that you were an experimental material!

Unfortunately, facing his immediate superior, Kisame could only helplessly recover his smile, "Indeed, there is no one in the whole world who is more broad-minded than Uehara-sama."

"Okay, okay, go!"

Uehara waved his hand in a hurry and whispered, "I still have to accompany Konan-sensei! If the plan fails, I will make your Samehada into pickled fish!"

Kisame, "…"

What kind of devil boss was this!

Just as Kisame was about to leave, Uehara suddenly continued, "There is another piece of information that Obito leaked to Konoha. Obito claims that Black Zetsu is his spy in Akatsuki…"

When Uehara said this, he continued with a slight smile, "You can try to use this matter to let Black Zetsu know that I want to continue to participate in the Eye of the Moon Plan but also worry that it is Obito's spy…

I can't always make Black Zetsu suspect me. I also have to let it know that I might suspect it. I have to encourage Black Zetsu to find a way to regain my trust. Only then will it know to cherish me, the only person it can rely on.

After all, what people easily get will never be cherished. Only after hard work will they know how to cherish it."

Become a Patron to read chapters ahead of public release and support me :winking_face:

If you find any errors ( broken links, non-standard content, etc.. ), Please let us know report chapter so we can fix it as soon as possible.

Report chapter Comments

Chapter 317: Is This the Feeling That the House Leaks in the Rainy Night?

Chapter 317: Is This the Feeling That the House Leaks in the Rainy Night?

Uehara's words were not wrong.

Some things would only be cherished after they were lost.

All along, Uehara had shown too much trust in Black Zetsu, but Black Zetsu did not care about him enough. To put it simply, Black Zetsu had gained too much trust in the past…

From then on, the way they interacted had to be changed. They had to find a way to make Black Zetsu come and try every possible way to gain Uehara's trust and no longer be able to do whatever he wanted with Uehara.

If Black Zetsu wants to go back to how he used to control Uehara, then he will continue to work harder! He will work hard to gain Uehara's trust again and try to make Uehara recognize him again…

Of course.

This method was also dangerous.

What if Black Zetsu turns around and cooperates with other people in a low-key manner?

But this danger was not a problem for Uehara. After all, all the people who could cooperate with Black Zetsu in the whole world had been controlled by Uehara.

Uehara slowly leaned on the chair and looked at the raindrops falling outside the window. He just sat there calmly, but his momentum was gradually become different, "Treat the human heart as a game of chess, so that the person who plays chess will have a higher sense of accomplishment."

While the other people in the ninja world used tough means to control others, Uehara took advantage of human emotions and restrained the world step by step.

Until now, he wanted to control Black Zetsu successfully.

"As expected of… Uehara-sama!"

Kisame looked at Uehara and grinned, revealing a mouthful of shark teeth. His small eyes also showed some praise at the right time.

This was the time when Uehara had the highest sense of accomplishment.

As a qualified subordinate, Kisame naturally did not want to lose face.

"Alright, go!"

Uehara looked at Kisame with approval and nodded, "After you and Black Zetsu finish discussing, report to me about the details of your meeting!"

"Yes, Sir."

Kisame lowered his head respectfully.

Kisame raised his head and slowly left the office.

All the members of Akatsuki's organization got the answer they wanted from Uehara. From Amegakure back to Akatsuki's base, Uehara gathered these powerful and eccentric people again.

Although these members of Akatsuki could not be as reckless as Pain in the future, they seemed to be able to live a safer life compared to Pain.

At the very least, they should not need to have that kind of precarious life anymore.

After all the members of Akatsuki's organization left Amegakure, Uehara planned to leave the office and go back to sleep with Konan. But a little girl quietly pushed open the office door and sneaked in.

"Uehara."

Ajisai walked to Uehara's side. He looked at Uehara seriously and asked, "Did something happen in the village? Will it be dangerous?"

"No."

Uehara reached out his finger and knocked her on the forehead. He then whispered, "Don't worry! With me here, nothing will happen to this village."

"I saw it."

Ajisai covered her forehead, her face still looking serious, "I saw it all before; Lady Angel is crying…"

"Oh, then you are wrong."

Uehara casually said.

He really thought that this girl, Ajisai, was quite sharp.

Uehara's perfunctory attitude did not satisfy Ajisai. She just raised her head stubbornly and asked in a deep voice, "I'm sure I didn't see wrong. Uehara, tell me, what happened in the village?"

"…"

After a moment of silence, Uehara reached out to ruffle her hair and whispered, "Our leader… Pain-sama sacrificed himself."

"…"

Ajisai's figure froze.

For Amegakure,

The significance of Pain was extraordinary.

Because of the existence of Pain, Country of Rain's internal strife ended. From then on, the entire country gradually became devoid of orphans. There were no longer wandering ninjas. There were no more riots and killings.

The members of the Akatsuki organization were not particularly concerned about the cold leader. They cared about the entire Akatsuki organization. However, Amegakure's ninjas worried about Pain, who ruled over them. They knew what Pain's existence meant.

These years, Pain did not appear much, but Uehara and Konan, who acted according to his will, had done many things for Amegakure!

Now Pain died in battle…

Ajisai slowly raised his head and stared at Uehara.

This girl had a very calm personality. In just a moment, the panic on Ajisai's face gradually faded, and her face became determined, "Uehara, you will definitely succeed as the leader of the village, right?"

"I don't know… maybe…"

Uehara looked at the heavy rain outside the window and whispered, "Maybe… Anyway, I will stay in this village. I will protect you guys on behalf of Pain-sama."

At this moment, Uehara also experienced the pain of Konan.

Before Nagato died, it seemed that there was no need to worry about Akatsuki and Amegakure because Uehara knew that Nagato was the one who supported him.

Now, Nagato had sacrificed himself.

Regardless of whether it was Amegakure or Akatsuki's organization, all of their burdens seemed to fall on Uehara overnight. He finally experienced the feeling of losing Nagato.

It was just that Uehara and Konan's personalities were different

When Konan thought of Nagato, she would cry sadly.

When Uehara thought of Nagato, he would only think of asking Kabuto to hurry up and create a body that could use the power of Rinnegan. After Orochimaru appeared, he would immediately use the Rinnegan to resurrect Nagato!

Uehara lowered his head and patted Ajisai's head. He said softly, "Alright, if you are tired from patrolling now, go and rest quickly! This heavy rain will continue until dawn and will find the intruders in your place."

"Uehara."

Ajisai ignored what Uehara said. She grabbed Uehara's hand and pleaded, "You must become the leader of the village!"

"I understand."

Uehara looked at Ajisai helplessly and whispered, "Don't you always hate me? Why would you want me to be the leader?"

"There is no other way."

Ajisai shook her head calmly and said in a low voice, "If the news of Pain-sama's death spreads, Country of Rain may have internal strife again. Some people will want to seize power in the village. Instead of letting those people seize power, it is better to let you, who has been following Pain-sama and Lady Angel, become the leader."

"You really like to let your imagination run wild!"

Uehara couldn't help but knock on Ajisai's forehead again. He smiled and comforted her, "Don't worry, Konan-sensei won't let this happen!"

Uehara suddenly realized that Ajisai, this little girl, actually represented Amegakure's current ninjas. In addition to comforting Akatsuki's members, he also seemed to have to appease the village's ninjas.

It was really getting more and more troublesome!

After Nagato's death, a bunch of trouble suddenly came up that needed Uehara to deal with. These were all trivial matters!

Sure enough, it was better to hurry up and revive Nagato!

"Ajisai."

Uehara looked into Ajisai's eyes and said softly, "Let's hide the news of Pain-sama's death for the time being! It won't be long before Pain-sama returns."

Uehara curled the corners of his lips and reached out his palm to rub Ajisai's hair, "This is the Ninja World! A dead person can be revived!"

Akatsuki Base.

Kisame had returned with Uehara's mission. If there were no accidents, Black Zetsu should be hiding, waiting for his return in his room.

Kisame was still on the way and thinking about Uehara's instructions and guidance. He slowly pushed open his door and saw Black Zetsu sitting in his room. Kisame could not help but sigh in his heart.

In the past few years, the information that Uehara had given them basically would not have any deviation. Black Zetsu really was hiding in his room.

Kisame looked at Black Zetsu with a smile on his face, "Hehe… I thought Zetsu-sama would look for Uehara first after Pain-sama died in battle!

After all, he has just become the leader of Akatsuki. He is much more helpful than me, a nobody among the Eye of the Moon Plan member! "

These kinds of words should be in line with Uehara's guidance. He can not trust Black Zetsu without limit. Instead, he should let Black Zetsu find a way to gain their trust…

Kisame said this very familiarly. Obviously, this guy had been with Itachi and Sasuke for a long time and was also an old emotional controller…

Sure enough.

After Kisame said those words that were slightly disdainful and a sinister smile immediately appeared on Black Zetsu's face, "Hehehe Kisame, compared to that little brat Uehara, I have always trusted you more!"

"Eh?"

The expression on Kisame's face suddenly changed. He looked at Black Zetsu in surprise and said, "Could it be that Zetsu-sama already knows that Uehara is also planning to betray the Eye of the Moon Plan like that traitor Kabuto?"

"What?"

Black Zetsu's sinister smile immediately froze on his face. He stared at Kisame and hurriedly asked, "Where did you know about this? Uehara… is also going to betray us?"

Black Zetsu hurried over to Kisame's place to appease the honest Kisame and also to let Kisame test Uehara.

After all, only Kisame and Uehara were left by its side.

Especially after Kabuto's betrayal, the Rinnegan and Gedo Mazo were taken away, and now the Eye of the Moon Plan was in the most dangerous time. Black Zetsu was simply anxious, but in the end, he heard the news that Uehara might betray…

Is this the feeling that the house leaks on a rainy night?

Become a Patron to read chapters ahead of public release and support me :winking_face:

If you find any errors ( broken links, non-standard content, etc.. ), Please let us know report chapter so we can fix it as soon as possible.

Report chapter Comments

Chapter 318: Well, It Is Still Lying to Me

Chapter 318: Well, It Is Still Lying to Me

Black Zetsu was under a lot of psychological pressure.

Because right now, it was facing the most painful moment in a thousand years.

Originally, Akatsuki's organization was about to collect all of Bijuu to resurrect the Juubi. Kabuto also told it that he would soon be able to revive Madara at his peak state.

At that time, as long as Madara really revived and became the Juubi Jinchuriki, he would be able to use infinite Tsukuyomi to collect chakra. Then her mother, Kaguya, could be rescued.

Dawn was right in front of its eyes.

But someone suddenly pulled up a black curtain.

In a single night, Nagato suddenly died in battle.

Kabuto colluded with Obito to steal the Rinnegan, Gedo Mazo, Hachibi Jinchuriki, and Madara's corpses in a single night. At the same time, he carried Sasuke along with him and fled. Now, he couldn't even find Kabuto's shadow.

Black Zetsu deeply realized the darkness of people's hearts in a single night.

It wasted its great trust in Kabuto and even told him the secret that Madara had the Rinnegan!

In the end, this was how Kabuto treated it?

How could there be someone like Kabuto in this world!

The ninja's routine is too deep, and the human heart is complicated. Black Zetsu never thought that someone would be able to deceive it and even deceive it successfully!

The self-restraint cultivated for a thousand years could not suppress Black Zetsu's anger.

The most tricky thing was that only Obito and Sasuke were left in the Uchiha clan. Uchiha was on the verge of extinction at any time. This meant that if Black Zetsu wanted to repeat Madara's story again, the chance to get the Rinnegan was very slim…

This was the closest chance to resurrect the Kaguya for a thousand years, and it might become the only chance!

As a result, everything was not under its control now.

This feeling was really not good.

Who knew how Kabuto and Obito would operate?

It would be fine if they still wanted to become the Juubi Jinchuriki and launch the Infinite Tsukuyomi. What if Kabuto and Orochimaru were full of themselves and directly studied the Rinnegan?

Unfortunately, Black Zetsu couldn't find them at all.

Any White Zetsu who approached Kabuto would basically never return, and they would all be used as experimental materials or sacrifices for Impure World Reincarnation.

Therefore, Black Zetsu rushed back to the organization base. The only chess pieces it could use were Uehara and Kisame, who wanted to mobilize Akatsuki's organization to help hunt down Orochimaru, Kabuto, and Obito.

Uehara was undoubtedly the most important chess piece.

The only troublesome thing was that the little brat Nagato had given up on the plan to collect Bijuu with his life. Would Uehara change his mind and give up on collecting Bijuu too?

However, when Black Zetsu heard that Uehara had succeeded in the position of the Akatsuki organization leader in Akatsuki's base, he felt a little comforted. He was also lucky to think that Uehara, who had always trusted him, still had hope of continuing to control him…

In the end, Kisame gave it a head-on blow on the spot when he saw Black Zetsu, saying that Uehara would also betray the Eye of the Moon Plan.

How could it still calm down!

Uehara was the only power that Black Zetsu could rely on!

Because Black Zetsu heard that Uehara had killed many people in Konoha, it could only rely on Uehara to defeat Kabuto, Orochimaru, and Obito. Only then would it have a chance to regain control of the Rinnegan and Gedo Mazo.

"Kisame, can you confirm that Uehara betrayed us?"

Black Zetsu looked at Kisame with a gloomy face, and its voice seemed to want to swallow people, "Or did you actually betray the Eye of the Moon Plan?"

To be honest, Black Zetsu really did not want this to happen.

If that was the case, it could only wait for death.

Kisame looked at Black Zetsu in surprise, then shook his head and said, "No, I personally talked to Uehara about this.

Zetsu-sama, don't you know what happened?"

"What happened?"

"Pain… no, it should be Nagato who sacrificed himself!"

Kisame grinned and said with a chuckle, "I saw with my own eyes that Uehara and his Sensei were so sad that they wished they were dead. After I chatted with him for a while, he no longer thought about the Eye of the Moon Plan. He only wanted to revive Nagato."

After Kisame said this, he grinned and continued, "Perhaps Uehara has gone crazy… He said that he wanted to create a world that had Nagato again!"

"Oh?"

Black Zetsu looked at Kisame in surprise. Suddenly, he smiled darkly and said, "In that case, he shouldn't have given up on our Eye of the Moon Plan! Why did you say that Uehara was going to betray us?"

"Because…"

Kisame slowly pulled up Samehada, who was behind him. His eyes gradually became a little cold, "Zetsu-sama has always been a spy sent by Obito-san to Akatsuki! Don't deny; It was Obito who personally leaked this information to others!"

This kind of information could actually be casually said.

After all, Obito was under Uehara's control.

Kisame spoke with a gloomy voice and said coldly, "Uehara is now very hostile to you. He thinks that you killed Nagato and that you have been playing with us all this time!

Uehara had always wanted to help you in the past. He never expected that you were actually a spy sent by Obito. You have been deceiving us all this time!"

These words really made him blush a little.

Kisame had always thought that he was an honest person. He never thought that he would actually deceive Black Zetsu like this today. Thinking about it, his heart was really…

A little happy?

However, this was the truth.

After all, Black Zetsu had been lying to them.

"How could I be that bastard's spy!"

Hearing Kisame's words, Black Zetsu felt as if he had been stepped on. He was in a mess and did not know where to organize it. He did not know what Uehara and Kisame thought.

Why would they think that it was a spy for Obito?

Black Zetsu looked at the vigilant Kisame and said with a gloomy expression, "Don't believe Obito. He is trying to sow discord between us…"

"Isn't it?"

Kisame sneered and continued in a low voice, "Then please explain why you recruited Kabuto to join Akatsuki's organization and why you let such a dangerous person join in at the critical stage of the Eye of the Moon Plan!

Our Bijuu collection is about to complete, and the so-called Eye of the Moon Plan is about to succeed, but Kabuto carried Gedo Mazo and Rinnegan and betrayed Akatsuki. Zetsu-sama, did you use us as tools?

At this point, Kisame grinned and continued, "Although I am very clear about the reality, we ninjas have always been tools, but I really want to understand the truth of this world and not be deceived by your lies all the time!

Whether it is Uehara or me, we have always believed in you, but you have always played with our trust!

Zetsu-sama, now that things have come to this is there anything else you want to say?"

"…"

Black Zetsu was simply speechless.

At this moment, if not for the fact that he knew everything about the past, Black Zetsu would really think that he was a spy. How good would it be if he was really Obito's spy!

In that case, there was no need to waste time here…

Unfortunately, it had already fallen out with Obito.

Now, Black Zetsu could only think of a way to regain Kisame's trust. At this time, Black Zetsu suddenly remembered something. The corners of his mouth suddenly curved up, and he whispered, "Just because of Obito's provocation, you and Uehara no longer believe me?"

Black Zetsu slowly raised his head and looked at Kisame. His voice gradually became solemn, "Kisame, then I will tell you everything completely!"

"Oh?"

Kisame put down his Samehada and grinned, revealing his mouthful of shark teeth. He then chuckled, "Then let me hear it again. What else do you want to deceive me? If I find a loophole, I will immediately cut off your head with my Samehada!"

After saying this, the smile on Kisame's face gradually became sinister, "Hahahaha… Zetsu-sama, I am still very easy to convince.

I friendly remind you that you must not test Uehara before you convince me. He is about to go completely crazy because you are Obito's spy, Kabuto's betrayal, and Nagato-sama's death! "

"Hahahaha… Don't worry."

Black Zetsu looked up at Kisame, and confidence returned to it, "Let me start from Madara-sama's story. You will know why Obito and I are absolutely incompatible. I am Madara-sama's manifested will…"

"…"

Kisame wanted to curse.

Initially, he thought that Black Zetsu would be honest with him. But when Black Zetsu mentioned Madara, Kisame knew that Black Zetsu still wanted to lie to him!

Black Zetsu didn't know all of this, and it was still talking about its own story.

"… When Madara-sama left Konoha, no one was willing to follow him. They betrayed their own Clan Leader. Those Uchiha who grew up in Konoha were born of inferior products that betrayed Madara-sama…

… They only wanted to live in peace, so they were destined to suffer the fate of clan destruction because of their short-sighted eyes. Obito was like this, and so was Sasuke…

… How could trash like them compare to Madara-sama's great dream? In this world, there has never been anyone who could be as open-minded as Madara-sama. Even the dream of Eye of the Moon Plan and Rinnegan, he was willing to entrust it to others."

When Black Zetsu said this, his voice paused. He raised his head to look at Kisame and continued, "After Madara-sama concealed himself for a long time, he thought that Nagato would be the Child of Prophecy that would realize the Eye of the Moon Plan. Therefore, he transplanted the Rinnegan to Nagato.

It's a pity that I thought Nagato was cowardly by nature and would not be firm enough to implement the plan in the future, so I always refused to reveal the Eye of the Moon Plan to Nagato.

After discovering this matter, Obito arrogantly wanted to seize Nagato's Rinnegan and seize control of the Eye of the Moon Plan. In the end, he chose to defect;

In order to prevent Obito from destroying the Eye of the Moon Plan, I had no choice but to prepare a second, more dangerous plan. That is to have you all secretly prepare for the resurrection of Madara-sama. Unfortunately, I was deceived by Kabuto using the ability to resurrect Madara-sama in his prime.

Now it seems that we are one step behind.

However, we may have a chance to fight back. As long as we defeat Obito, Orochimaru, and Kabuto, the others will take back Gedo Mazo and Rinnegan and then choose one person to continue the Eye of the Moon Plan!"

What Black Zetsu said was simply more nonsense than the past.

Madara was molded into a great person in its story, which shows that Madara's will was also powerful.

There were also some private goods in these stories.

For example, Black Zetsu secretly took the opportunity to hack the Uchiha in Konoha.

Of course, Black Zetsu didn't mention these things for no reason but to leave an impression on Kisame. These stories were mainly prepared to gain Uehara's trust.

Therefore, Black Zetsu had added a lot of goodwill to Nagato in the story.

"Oh? Is that so?"

Kisame glanced at Black Zetsu without batting an eyelid. His small eyes turned, and he suddenly said, "But Nagato-sama is already dead. Madara-sama's body is still in the hands of the enemy. After we take back the Rinnegan and Gedo Mazo, who will preside over the Eye of the Moon Plan?"

"Then let's see whose strength is stronger…"

The corner of Black Zetsu's mouth slowly curved up. Looking at Kisame's hopeful expression, he said seriously, "The Rinnegan needs a huge amount of chakra to activate it, so to use the Rinnegan to activate the Eye of the Moon Plan, the body must have a huge amount of chakra…"

"Oh…"

Kisame slowly nodded his head and grinned, revealing his mouth full of shark teeth, "What a coincidence, the chakra in Uehara and I seem to be very abundant…"

Black Zetsu narrowed his eyes and whispered, "Kisame, don't be too greedy like your Samehada. You should think of a way to get the Rinnegan and Gedo Mazo before discussing this matter! I will think of a way to persuade Uehara now…"

"Zetsu-sama, Uehara is not easy to convince…"

Kisame spread out his palm and smiled, "Rather than wasting time to regain Uehara's trust, why don't you just give up Uehara and let me help you execute the Eye of the Moon Plan!"

"…"

Black Zetsu looked at Kisame speechlessly.

Damn, did Kisame become so greedy when he saw the opportunity to master the Rinnegan? Did he think that he could use the Rinnegan just because he had too many Chakra?

Black Zetsu glanced at Kisame and smiled sinisterly, "That depends on your ability. If you can seize it… But I heard that you can't even defeat Kabuto's Impure World Reincarnation Ninja…"

"…"

Kisame's expression changed.

In the next moment, Kisame's voice was somewhat cold as he said, "Forget it. It doesn't matter who comes. As long as I can see the world after the Eye of the Moon."

"Definitely."

Black Zetsu's voice was full of bewitchment, "There will never be a war in that world again. No one will deliberately deceive anyone. There will only be peace and tranquility in that world…"

After Black Zetsu finished describing the Eye of the Moon Plan, it left.

After watching Black Zetsu leave coldly, Kisame took out his Den Den Mushi and dialed Uehara's Den Den Mushi.

"Purururu…"

A moment later, the Den Den Mushi in Kisame's hand changed into Uehara's figure. This was the sign of the call being connected. It narrowed its eyes and spoke.

"Kisame, have you finished chatting with Black Zetsu?"

"Yes, I have. It is still lying to me."

Kisame nodded and grinned; he then continued, "The things it lied to me this time were all lies prepared in advance to gain Uehara-sama's trust because the Eye of the Moon was centered around Nagato-sama!"

"I got it."

Uehara's voice had a trace of elegance, "Then let it come over and cheat me of my trust with it! My complete trust can't be so easily obtained by it…"

Become a Patron to read chapters ahead of public release and support me :winking_face:

If you find any errors ( broken links, non-standard content, etc.. ), Please let us know report chapter so we can fix it as soon as possible.

Report chapter Comments

Chapter 319: Zetsu-Senpai, You Only Have One Last Chance to Try to Convince Me

Chapter 319: Zetsu-Senpai, You Only Have One Last Chance to Try to Convince Me

Uehara listened to Kisame's report.

As a qualified superior, Uehara was not stingy with his praise for his subordinates to be able to complete the task.

When Uehara heard Kisame mention that he deliberately showed his greed for the Rinnegan in front of Black Zetsu, Uehara softly praised, "You are right. After all, not everyone can let go of the temptation of using Rinnegan to dominate the world."

At this moment, Uehara's attitude was really like a qualified superior.

Kisame grinned, revealing his mouth full of shark teeth, "I'm just learning from Uehara-sama."

In the next second, Uehara's voice suddenly became a little gloomy, "In your mouth, have I become a lunatic who has lost his mind?"

"Uh…"

Kisame laughed and explained in a low voice, "It's just to make that Black Zetsu believe me. Uehara-sama shouldn't mind, right?"

"It doesn't sound like there are any flaws…"

Uehara rubbed his forehead and said softly, "If everything is not out of my plan, then I don't care about you."

"Yes."

Kisame responded with a low laugh, "Then the rest will depend on Uehara-sama again."

"Hehe… Don't worry."

Uehara chuckled and glanced at Black Zetsu's movements on the Destiny panel. He then continued, "It seems that our Zetsu-sama is still extremely anxious. After receiving news of me from you, he immediately came to see me."

"It's really interesting!"

Kisame couldn't help but chuckle, "It would be even more interesting if it knew that all of this was controlled by Uehara-sama behind the scenes."

"There will be such a day."

Uehara shook his head and said in a low voice, "Then I will deliberately hang it for a while and let it be anxious before it can see me!"

"Huh?"

Kisame was a little surprised.

Uehara shook his head. He stood on the balcony and turned around to look at the room. He then whispered, "It's nothing. It's just that Konan-sensei is about to wake up."

After saying that, Uehara continued, "In the future, remember to tell me in secret code in the future. I don't want my Sensei to know."

"…"

Kisame paused and grinned, "I understand. However, if Konan-sama were to find out in the future that the student she taught was actually the mastermind that secretly controlled the world, that scene would definitely be very interesting!"

"Means nothing."

Uehara frowned and kept his Den Den Mushi.

Last night, Uehara and the group of fools from Akatsuki's organization finished discussing the organization's future. Then, he comforted Ajisai, the little girl who was on tenterhooks, and then stayed by Konan's side.

Early morning.

The light rain was still falling.

Under the nourishment of the rain, Amegakure's air was a little fresh.

Konan sat up from the bed and looked at the empty room absent-mindedly. She seemed to have not found the person she had expected. Her face was a little shocked.

It was only when Konan's gaze moved around, and she saw Uehara's figure on the balcony that her pupils slowly recovered and the corners of her lips relaxed.

Konan walked out of the room step by step and slowly walked to Uehara's side. She stretched out her arm and wrapped it around his waist, her cheeks sticking tightly to his back.

"Naraku…"

"You're awake? I'm here."

Uehara patted Konan's palm.

After a long time, Uehara slowly broke free from the soft palm on his waist. He turned around and looked down at Konan, then slowly moved his gaze away.

Uehara looked at Konan's puzzled gaze and sighed, "Let's go. Let's eat something in the morning. I have something to tell Sensei."

The sky was drizzling.

Amegakure's street was still quiet.

Uehara helped Konan hold an umbrella.

He said softly, "Akatsuki's group found out about Nagato-sama's death. They came to find me last night…"

"What?"

A hint of surprise flashed across Konan's face. Her expression became slightly ugly, "Did those unruly fellows make things difficult for you?"

Last night, Konan thought that Uehara was by his side, and there was still the quiet sound of rain. The whole night was very peaceful, so she did not know what had happened inside Amegakure.

"No."

Uehara's face was still calm, and he continued softly, "Sasori-senpai, Kakuzu-senpai, and the others… probably don't want to leave Akatsuki. To them, Akatsuki is like a home where a group of weirdos who the ninja world cannot understand can stay warm together…"

"What do they want to do?"

"They don't want to do anything, do they?"

Uehara moved the umbrella in his hand and muttered, "In short, other than Sasuke and Kabuto, who defected, they would stay with Akatsuki for the time being."

"So it's like this…"

Konan frowned and whispered, "Konoha traitors are really the people who like to betray…"

This wave could not be wrong.

Most of Konoha's traitors had no moral integrity.

Their professional ethics were quite low, whether it was Orochimaru, Obito, Kabuto, Sasuke, or Madara.

These guys directly pulled down the moral benchmark of the Ninja World.

Uehara opened his Destiny panel, and it clearly showed the picture of a Black Zetsu who was active near them.

It seemed that Black Zetsu, who had been ignored, was really anxious.

After a pause, Uehara looked at Konan and continued softly, "I discussed with them last night and decided to take revenge on Obito, Kabuto, Orochimaru temporarily, and the others then take back Nagato-sama's body and Rinnegan."

At this point, Uehara narrowed his eyes slightly and said, "However, it is very difficult to find Obito and Orochimaru's traces now. I thought about it last night and decided to try to track down Black Zetsu first…"

Uehara clenched the umbrella tightly and continued softly, "Black Zetsu is Obito's spy. Today, I want to discuss with them about pursuing Black Zetsu…"

"But…"

After a moment of hesitation, Konan said in a low voice, "Although Jiraiya-sensei said so, I feel that Obito deliberately leaked it… After all, we all know that Black Zetsu has already fallen out with Obito."

"Maybe it is possible."

After saying this, Uehara stopped and looked at Konan beside him. He looked at her with a serious face and said, "However, I will never miss any way to obtain clues to Nagato-sama's body."

"… Alright."

Konan looked at Uehara's determined expression and finally nodded, "No matter what you want to do in the future, you must be careful."

"Yes."

Uehara slowly stretched out his palm and placed it on Konan's hair, "Yes, because I promised Nagato-sama that I would definitely protect Konan-sensei."

At this moment of warmth.

Suddenly, a pitcher plant slowly crawled out from the ground.

Black Zetsu thought that this was the best time. Coincidentally, Konan thought that it might still be one of them. At the very least, it would not become shout and kill after meeting Uehara…

Black Zetsu and White Zetsu emerged from the pitcher plant.

Black Zetsu raised his head and said in a slightly hoarse voice, "Uehara, what your Sensei said just now was very right. Don't believe the words of those traitors…"

"You still dare to appear in front of me!"

Uehara suddenly clenched his fist. The next moment, he suddenly stepped onto the ground. Under his control, the rain on the ground instantly formed a circular water prison, directly enveloping Zetsu!

At this moment, the anger on Uehara's face was almost undisguised!

Just like a man who had seen his mortal enemy, his heart was filled with anger!

Uehara slowly stretched out his palm and placed the umbrella in Konan's hand. He then raised his head and walked towards Black Zetsu step by step.

After Uehara walked to Black Zetsu's side, he turned his head slightly and suppressed his anger. He tried his best to calm his tone and said in a low voice, "Sensei, you can go back first. I still have a lot to ask about it. I don't want you to see what happens next!"

"…"

Konan hesitated and stood in place.

After a while, Konan nodded and said gently, "Uehara, calm down. Don't be blinded by anger…"

"Yes, Sensei."

After Uehara heard Konan's footsteps leave, he stared at Black Zetsu and said in a cold and gloomy voice, "Senpai, your courage is greater than I imagined. You still dare to appear in front of me in this situation…"

"Ho ho ho ho ho…"

Black Zetsu laughed sinisterly and said, "If I don't appear in front of you to explain, you will never know the truth."

"If not for you!"

Uehara suddenly clenched his fist and said with a cold expression, "If you hadn't leaked the information… If you hadn't insisted on recruiting Kabuto to join Akatsuki, he wouldn't have had the chance to ambush Nagato-sama with Obito!"

"And no matter what the truth is…"

Uehara narrowed his eyes slightly. His eyes revealed a sense of danger, like a wild beast that could erupt at any time, "Senpai, tell me the location of Obito and Kabuto. This shouldn't be difficult for you, right?"

"…"

Black Zetsu suddenly stopped talking.

It was really not easy to find Kabuto and Obito's location. After all, it did not have 100,000 White Zetsu by its side.

Originally, it wanted to use the spore technique to cultivate White Zetsu, but ordinary people's chakra was simply not enough. Only powerful ninjas had enough chakra.

Which ninja would be willing to let others absorb their chakra for no reason?

In addition, recently sent White Zetsu always goes missing from time to time…

To be honest, the work of intelligence personnel is really difficult.

Uehara frowned and looked at Black Zetsu. His fingers slowly stood up, and he said coldly, "Senpai, it seems that we have to change the way we talk…"

In the next moment, the water prison gradually became solid!

Black Zetsu suddenly felt the pressure in the water prison. Although this pressure would not be too much of a threat to it, it was not like this was the way to talk!

Black Zetsu said in a low voice to stop Uehara, "Wait, Uehara, don't you want to resurrect Nagato? He has been protecting and caring for you as you grew up…"

"…"

Uehara's expression changed slightly, and he seemed to be moved.

After a while, Uehara quietly put down his finger and said in a somewhat depressed voice, "Senpai, now you only have one last chance to try and convince me…"

Become a Patron to read chapters ahead of public release and support me :winking_face:

If you find any errors ( broken links, non-standard content, etc.. ), Please let us know report chapter so we can fix it as soon as possible.

Report chapter Comments

Chapter 320: Akatsuki's Last Two Actor

Chapter 320: Akatsuki's Last Two Actor

Black Zetsu was actually quite confident.

As long as Uehara was still willing to communicate, it would definitely be able to convince him.

Black Zetsu then used the same story that was told to Kisame with some other details, slowly telling a tale of how Madara had entrusted his dream to the Child of Prophecy called Nagato.

Even though Uehara had heard this story before, his eyelids could not help but tremble.

In Black Zetsu's description, Madara became an old man with very delicate and kind feelings. After he finally obtained the Rinnegan, he got the guidance of the Sage of the Six Path and found the right way to save the world.

Unfortunately, Madara's life was coming to an end.

"Before he died…"

When Black Zetsu talked about what happened before Madara died, he slowly lowered his head. There was even a trace of sadness in his voice, and he became determined again, "Madara-sama has finally made up his mind. He has decided to gamble the Rinnegan he obtained in a new era!"

"…"

Uehara was shocked.

It sounded really moving!

The words that Black Zetsu said sounded a little familiar to him!

It had to be mentioned that Black Zetsu's acting and lines were really realistic. Compared to the two eliminated guys, Obito and Itachi, his acting was much more realistic…

To be honest, if not for Uehara secretly controlling all of this, he would really think that he had come to a fake ninja world…

This guy, Black Zetsu…

As expected, he was his biggest rival for the Best Actor!

After a moment of silence, Uehara continued, "Senpai, it's a pity that you seem to have abandoned the wish of the legendary Madara…"

"Strictly speaking, it is not considered betrayal."

Black Zetsu shook his head and continued, "Madara-sama's true wish is for the peace of the entire Ninja World. As long as we can make the Ninja World peaceful and let the light of the Eye of the Moon Plan envelop the world, the entire Ninja World will never have any more disputes!"

After saying this, Black Zetsu looked at Uehara and continued, "Uehara, Nagato has inherited Madara-sama's eyes and wishes. You have inherited Nagato's will… This is the so-called inheritance of will in the world of ninja."

"Madara…"

Uehara frowned in confusion and said in a low voice, "Is it really so noble? But according to Konoha Ninjas…"

"They are all weak."

Hearing Uehara talk about Konoha, Black Zetsu quickly continued to argue, "The weak can only see the crisis in front of them. Only the strong can see through time and see the essence of the war in the ninja world. "

After saying that, Black Zetsu seemed to be afraid that Uehara would doubt Madara's character, so he made a strong statement, "And why did Madara-sama think of Eye of the Moon Plan? It was because he got the stone tablet left by the Sage of the Six Path…"

When Black Zetsu spoke of the Sage of the Six Path, his voice became a little hoarse, "According to legend, a thousand years ago, the Sage of the Six Path hoped that the Ninja World could be peaceful forever. Under his powerful strength, naturally, no one would dare to overstep his will…"

At this point, Black Zetsu's voice gradually lowered, "The Sage of the Six Path thinks too deeply. If the Ninja World is still peaceful, then it naturally doesn't matter. However, he guessed that after he died, there might be more wars in the entire Ninja World, so he left behind a solution to the war."

"It's Eye of the Moon Plan?"

Uehara forced himself to suppress his emotions.

To be honest, he really wanted to laugh in his heart.

Black Zetsu hated the Sage of the Six Path so much in his heart, but now he wanted to use the Sage of the Six Path's name to fool him; this guy was really not easy!

Moreover, this Black Zetsu was really good at acting!

Wasn't the reason why there had been so many wars in the Ninja World for a thousand years all because of him?

Unfortunately, Black Zetsu did not know what Uehara was thinking.

After seeing Uehara's expression change slightly, Black Zetsu continued in a deep voice, "That's right, it's Eye of the Moon Plan. Back then, after Madara-sama obtained that stone tablet.

He used his Mangekyo Sharingan to decipher the secret of the stone tablet, so he inherited the Sage of the Six Path's will!

"Where is that stone tablet?"

"In Naka Shrine of the Uchiha clan."

Black Zetsu looked at Uehara and said in a low voice, "If you obtain the Rinnegan, you can also decipher that stone tablet. At that time, you will understand that I have never lied to you and also understand the will of the Sage of the Six Path and Madara-sama."

"I understand."

Uehara seemed to be a little tempted.

As for what he was thinking in his heart, of course, it was impossible to deny it.

The two of them should know what was going on with that stone tablet.

Uehara was silent for a while, then suddenly said, "Did you tell me that you could revive Nagato-sama before? Is this true?"

This was the most important thing.

I have to think of a way to make Black Zetsu agree to resurrect Nagato.

The only troublesome thing was that this bastard, Black Zetsu, actually wanted to transplant the Rinnegan on him and continue the Eye of the Moon Plan…

This was really worrying.

Could it be that once he becomes the leader of Akatsuki's organization, he must have the standard Rinnegan?

Why could it be good? Black Zetsu just wants him to transplant the Rinnegan!

This was putting a time bomb on him!

He was really curious, how did Black Zetsu's brain grow actually to put a time bomb on his head? The mastermind behind the scenes!

When Uehara saw that Black Zetsu was still silent, he continued softly, "Senpai; if I remember correctly, after Nagato-sama used the Rinne Rebirth, his life was already exhausted. Even after reviving him, he wouldn't be able to hold on for too long, right?"

"Then we can only use another method."

Black Zetsu no longer remained silent and revealed a smile, "After Orochimaru and Kabuto obtained Nagato's corpse, they will definitely not give up on using Impure World Reincarnation to control Nagato to become their battle force. So they will definitely turn Nagato into a battle force at his peak state…"

Black Zetsu looked at Uehara and continued in a low voice, "At that time, as long as we use Rinne Rebirth on Nagato, he will be able to revive at his peak state…"

"Oh?"

Uehara slowly tilted his head and looked at Black Zetsu. He suddenly said, "Back then, when you recruited Kabuto to join us, you asked him to resurrect Madara at his prime. Could it be that you also had this idea in mind, wanting Nagato-sama to resurrect him…"

"No."

Black Zetsu hurriedly shook his head and explained softly, "It's only because the Eye of the Moon Plan has the variable, Obito. Only Madara-sama can deal with him…"

"Alright, I admit that I do have this thought."

Black Zetsu looked at Uehara's playful gaze and laughed involuntarily, "I am Madara-sama's will. It doesn't seem strange to want to see Madara-sama have a chance to come back to life!"

When he said this, Black Zetsu suddenly paused, and his voice suddenly became excited, "However, Madara-sama has given the future to the people of the new era, so he might not be willing to revive…

In fact, I just want to let him see that after the light of the Eye of the Moon Plan shrouded the earth, this world has become the world of his dreams, just like his dying wish."

"…"

Uehara really had nothing to say.

Once you encounter something that you can't solve, you use words that can move others. Uehara feels that he has learned something from Black Zetsu…

If it were anyone else, maybe they really couldn't bear to continue to doubt it…

After all, it seemed to be telling the truth!

No matter who it was, would they not be moved when they met someone who had the chance to revive their most important person? With such frank words, the matter was already over. Did they have the nerve to continue pursuing the matter?

However, Black Zetsu was even more talkative than him. In Black Zetsu's mouth, Madara had been completely described as a saint.

If the Ninja World had the Best Actor Award and the Ninja World did not give it to Black Zetsu, Uehara would disagree!

Of course, if they did not give Uehara a Best Actor Award, Uehara would also not agree!

Uehara sighed and slowly lowered his head. He then whispered, "Senpai, I can understand your feelings. Before Nagato-sama died, he actually told me that he had no regrets when he died"

Uehara gradually became a little emotional. He looked at Black Zetsu and continued, "But I can't bear the pain of him leaving… So when I heard that there was a chance to resurrect him, I knew that it would go against his wishes, but I still couldn't stop my heart beating!"

Uehara's eyes were even a little watery.

Black Zetsu looked at Uehara, whose face was emotional, and wanted to cry. He sighed and shook his head. He suddenly felt a little guilty in his heart.

It deceived Uehara like this, and in the end, it moved Uehara?

Human…

It was always so easy to be deceived by feelings.

Uehara also wiped his eyes and used Water Power to make his eyes wet. This guy Black Zetsu was really not so easy to be deceived…

After a wave of lines and acting skills, the last two acting kings of the Akatsuki organization restrained their emotions and finally talked about their serious business.

"Actually, I have already planned to give up on the Eye of the Moon Plan."

Uehara rubbed his eyes and held his temples. The first sentence he said made Black Zetsu's heart tremble. Were his feelings wasted?

Damn it; it's been a thousand years!

Black Zetsu had never been so affectionate before!

Even when it looked up at the moon, it could not say such affectionate words when it missed Kaguya!

"But…"

Uehara glanced at Black Zetsu, and the corners of his mouth curved imperceptibly, "After I get the whole story from Senpai, I will find a way to continue the Eye of the Moon Plan for the wishes of the Sage of the Six Path, Madara-sama, and Nagato-sama…"

Uehara slowly clenched his fist and said with a firm gaze, "These wishes will definitely be fulfilled in our hands! This is our duty… Zetsu-senpai, follow me and carry on carrying out the Eye of the Moon Plan!"

At this moment, it was as if a ray of light was shining on his body.

No, there really was a ray of light shining on Uehara.

Amegakure's rain had stopped at some point in time. A ray of sunlight passed through the thick cloud layer and landed on Uehara.

"Hehehe… Of course."

Black Zetsu looked at Uehara and nodded. The joy in his hoarse laughter could hardly be suppressed, "Uehara, it is because I saw that you have the possibility of inheriting their will that I am willing to come and find you."

Become a Patron to read chapters ahead of public release and support me :winking_face:

If you find any errors ( broken links, non-standard content, etc.. ), Please let us know report chapter so we can fix it as soon as possible.

Report chapter Comments